Document:

Indenture

 Exhibit 10.1 
 Execution Version 
  
  
 HARRAH’S OPERATING COMPANY, INC. 
 as Issuer 
 and the Note Guarantors named herein 
 10.75% Senior Notes due 2016 
 10.75% / 11.5% Senior Toggle Notes due 2018 
  
  
 INDENTURE 
 Dated as of February 1, 2008 
  
  
 U.S. Bank National Association, 
 as Trustee 
  
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  
  

					
	 	 	 	  	Page
	
	 ARTICLE 1
  
 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
  

			
	SECTION 1.01.	 	Definitions	  	1
	SECTION 1.02.	 	Other Definitions	  	35
	SECTION 1.03.	 	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	37
	SECTION 1.04.	 	Rules of Construction	  	37
	
	 ARTICLE 2
  
 THE NOTES

			
	SECTION 2.01.	 	Amount of Notes	  	38
	SECTION 2.02.	 	Form and Dating	  	39
	SECTION 2.03.	 	Execution and Authentication	  	39
	SECTION 2.04.	 	Registrar and Paying Agent	  	40
	SECTION 2.05.	 	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	41
	SECTION 2.06.	 	Holder Lists	  	41
	SECTION 2.07.	 	Transfer and Exchange	  	41
	SECTION 2.08.	 	Replacement Notes	  	42
	SECTION 2.09.	 	Outstanding Notes	  	42
	SECTION 2.10.	 	Temporary Notes	  	43
	SECTION 2.11.	 	Cancellation	  	43
	SECTION 2.12.	 	Defaulted Interest	  	43
	SECTION 2.13.	 	CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, Etc.	  	43
	SECTION 2.14.	 	Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes	  	43
	SECTION 2.15.	 	Mandatory Disposition Pursuant to Gaming Laws	  	44
	
	 ARTICLE 3
  
 REDEMPTION

			
	SECTION 3.01.	 	Redemption	  	44
	SECTION 3.02.	 	Applicability of Article	  	44
	SECTION 3.03.	 	Notices to Trustee	  	44
	SECTION 3.04.	 	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	  	45
	SECTION 3.05.	 	Notice of Optional Redemption	  	45
	SECTION 3.06.	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	46
	SECTION 3.07.	 	Deposit of Redemption Price	  	46
	SECTION 3.08.	 	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	46

  

 -i- 

					
	 	 	 	  	Page
	
	 ARTICLE 4
  
 COVENANTS

			
	SECTION 4.01.	 	Payment of Notes	  	46
	SECTION 4.02.	 	Reports and Other Information	  	47
	SECTION 4.03.	 	Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock	  	48
	SECTION 4.04.	 	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	54
	SECTION 4.05.	 	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	  	60
	SECTION 4.06.	 	Asset Sales	  	62
	SECTION 4.07.	 	Transactions with Affiliates	  	64
	SECTION 4.08.	 	Change of Control	  	67
	SECTION 4.09.	 	Compliance Certificate	  	69
	SECTION 4.10.	 	Further Instruments and Acts	  	69
	SECTION 4.11.	 	Future Note Guarantors	  	69
	SECTION 4.12.	 	Liens	  	69
	SECTION 4.13.	 	[Reserved]	  	69
	SECTION 4.14.	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	70
	SECTION 4.15.	 	Covenant Suspension	  	70
	
	 ARTICLE 5
  
 SUCCESSOR COMPANY

			
	SECTION 5.01.	 	When Issuer May Merge or Transfer Assets	  	71
	
	 ARTICLE 6
  
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

			
	SECTION 6.01.	 	Events of Default	  	74
	SECTION 6.02.	 	Acceleration	  	75
	SECTION 6.03.	 	Other Remedies	  	76
	SECTION 6.04.	 	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	76
	SECTION 6.05.	 	Control by Majority	  	76
	SECTION 6.06.	 	Limitation on Suits	  	76
	SECTION 6.07.	 	Rights of the holders to Receive Payment	  	77
	SECTION 6.08.	 	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	77
	SECTION 6.09.	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	77
	SECTION 6.10.	 	Priorities	  	77
	SECTION 6.11.	 	Undertaking for Costs	  	78
	SECTION 6.12.	 	Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws	  	78
	
	 ARTICLE 7
  
 TRUSTEE

			
	SECTION 7.01.	 	Duties of Trustee	  	78
	SECTION 7.02.	 	Rights of Trustee	  	79
	SECTION 7.03.	 	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	81
	SECTION 7.04.	 	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	81
	SECTION 7.05.	 	Notice of Defaults	  	81
	SECTION 7.06.	 	Reports by Trustee to the Holders	  	81
	SECTION 7.07.	 	Compensation and Indemnity	  	82

  

 -ii- 

					
	 	 	 	  	Page
	SECTION 7.08.	 	Replacement of Trustee.	  	83
	SECTION 7.09.	 	Successor Trustee by Merger	  	83
	SECTION 7.10.	 	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	84
	SECTION 7.11.	 	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer	  	84
	
	 ARTICLE 8
  
 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

			
	 SECTION 8.01.
	 	Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance	  	84
	 SECTION 8.02.
	 	Conditions to Defeasance	  	85
	 SECTION 8.03.
	 	Application of Trust Money	  	86
	 SECTION 8.04.
	 	Repayment to Issuer	  	86
	 SECTION 8.05.
	 	Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations	  	87
	 SECTION 8.06.
	 	Reinstatement	  	87
	
	 ARTICLE 9
  
 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

			
	 SECTION 9.01.
	 	Without Consent of the Holders	  	87
	 SECTION 9.02.
	 	With Consent of the Holders	  	88
	 SECTION 9.03.
	 	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	89
	 SECTION 9.04.
	 	Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers	  	89
	 SECTION 9.05.
	 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	90
	 SECTION 9.06.
	 	Trustee to Sign Amendments	  	90
	 SECTION 9.07.
	 	Payment for Consent	  	90
	 SECTION 9.08.
	 	Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount	  	90
	
	 ARTICLE 10
  
 [RESERVED]
  
 ARTICLE 11
  
 GUARANTEES

			
	 SECTION 11.01.
	 	Guarantees	  	91
	 SECTION 11.02.
	 	Limitation on Liability	  	93
	 SECTION 11.03.
	 	Successors and Assigns	  	94
	 SECTION 11.04.
	 	No Waiver	  	94
	 SECTION 11.05.
	 	Modification	  	94
	 SECTION 11.06.
	 	Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Note Guarantors	  	94
	 SECTION 11.07.
	 	Non-Impairment	  	95

  

 -iii- 

					
	
	 ARTICLE 12
  
 [RESERVED]

	
	 ARTICLE 13
  
 MISCELLANEOUS

			
	SECTION 13.01.	 	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	95
	SECTION 13.02.	 	Notices	  	95
	SECTION 13.03.	 	Communication by the Holders with Other Holders	  	96
	SECTION 13.04.	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	96
	SECTION 13.05.	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	96
	SECTION 13.06.	 	When Notes Disregarded	  	96
	SECTION 13.07.	 	Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar	  	97
	SECTION 13.08.	 	Legal Holidays	  	97
	SECTION 13.09.	 	GOVERNING LAW	  	97
	SECTION 13.10.	 	No Recourse Against Others	  	97
	SECTION 13.11.	 	Successors	  	97
	SECTION 13.12.	 	Multiple Originals	  	97
	SECTION 13.13.	 	Table of Contents; Headings	  	97
	SECTION 13.14.	 	Indenture Controls	  	97
	SECTION 13.15.	 	Severability	  	97
	SECTION 13.16.	 	Intercreditor Agreement	  	97
			
	Appendix A   –	 	Provisions Relating to Initial Notes, Additional Notes and Exchange Notes	  	
		
	EXHIBIT INDEX	  	
			
	Exhibit A-1    –	 	Form of Initial Cash Pay Note	  	
	Exhibit A-2    –	 	Form of Initial Toggle Note	  	
	Exhibit B-1     –	 	Form of Cash Pay Exchange Note	  	
	Exhibit B-2     –	 	Form of Toggle Exchange Note	  	
	Exhibit C        –	 	Form of Transferee Letter of Representation	  	
	Exhibit D        –	 	Form of Supplemental Indenture	  	

  

 -iv- 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE 
  

			
	 TIA Section
	  	Indenture
Section
	 310 (a)(1)
	  	7.10
	        (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	        (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	        (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	        (b)
	  	7.08; 7.10
	        (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311 (a)
	  	7.11
	        (b)
	  	7.11
	        (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312 (a)
	  	2.06
	        (b)
	  	13.03
	        (c)
	  	13.03
	 313 (a)
	  	7.06
	        (b)(1)
	  	N.A.
	        (b)(2)
	  	7.06
	        (c)
	  	7.06
	        (d)
	  	4.02; 4.09
	 314 (a)
	  	4.02; 4.09
	        (b)
	  	N.A.
	        (c)(1)
	  	13.04
	        (c)(2)
	  	13.04
	        (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	        (d)
	  	N.A.
	        (e)
	  	13.05
	        (f)
	  	4.10
	 315 (a)
	  	7.01
	        (b)
	  	7.05
	        (c)
	  	7.01
	        (d)
	  	7.01
	        (e)
	  	6.11
	 316 (a)(last sentence)
	  	13.06
	        (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.05
	        (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.04
	        (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	        (b)
	  	6.07
	 317 (a)(1)
	  	6.08
	        (a)(2)
	  	6.09
	        (b)
	  	2.05
	 318 (a)
	  	13.01

 N.A. Means Not Applicable. 
 Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purposes, be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 

 INDENTURE dated as of February 1, 2008 among HARRAH’S OPERATING COMPANY, INC., a Delaware
corporation (the “Issuer”), the Note Guarantors (as defined herein) and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of (i) $4,932,417,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 10.75% Senior Notes due
2016 issued on the date hereof (the “Cash Pay Notes”), (ii) $1,402,583,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s 10.75%/11.5% Optional PIK Interest Senior Notes due 2018 issued on the date hereof (the “Toggle
Notes” and, together with the Cash Pay Notes, the “Initial Notes”), (iii) Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act (the “Exchange Notes”) and (iv) Additional Notes issued from time to time as either Initial Notes or Exchanges Notes (together with the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes, the “Notes”): 

ARTICLE 1 
 DEFINITIONS AND
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 SECTION 1.01. Definitions. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person: 
 (1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into or became
a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified Person, and 
 (2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by
such specified Person. 
 “Acquisition” means the acquisition by Affiliates of the Sponsors of substantially all of the outstanding
shares of capital stock of Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc., pursuant to the Merger Agreement. 
 “Acquisition Documents” means
the Merger Agreement and any other document entered into in connection therewith, in each case as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time prior to the Issue Date or thereafter. 
 “Additional Notes” means Cash Pay Notes or Toggle Notes issued under the terms of this Indenture subsequent to the Issue Date. 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect
common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used
with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

 “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of: 
 (1) 1% of the then outstanding principal amount of the Note; and 

 (2) the excess of: 
 (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of the Note at February 1, 2012 (in the case of the
Cash Pay Notes) and February 1, 2013 (in the case of the Toggle Notes) (such redemption price being set forth in Paragraph 5 of the applicable Note) plus (ii) all required interest payments (in the case of the Toggle Notes, calculated
based on the cash interest rate payable on the Toggle Notes) due on the Note through February 1, 2012 (in the case of the Cash Pay Notes) and February 1, 2013 (in the case of the Toggle Notes) (excluding accrued but unpaid interest),
computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over 
 (b) the
then outstanding principal amount of the Note. 
 “Asset Sale” means: 
 (1) the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of property
or assets (including by way of a Sale/ Leaseback Transaction) outside the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (each referred to in this definition as a “disposition”) or 
 (2) the issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals or other
third parties to the extent required by applicable law) of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions), 
 in each case other than: 
 (a) a disposition
of Cash Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities or obsolete, damaged or worn out property or equipment in the ordinary course of business; 
 (b) the disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in a manner permitted pursuant to Section 5.01 or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control; 
 (c) any Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 4.04; 
 (d) any disposition of assets of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary or issuance or sale of Equity Interests of any Restricted
Subsidiary, which assets or Equity Interests so disposed or issued have an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of less than $50.0 million; 
 (e) any disposition of property or assets, or the issuance of securities, by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or by the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; 
 (f) any exchange of assets
(including a combination of assets and Cash Equivalents) for assets related to a Similar Business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good
faith by the Issuer; 
  

 -2- 

 (g) foreclosure or any similar action with respect to any property or other asset of the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (h) any sale of Equity Interests in, or Indebtedness or other securities of,
an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (i) the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course
of business; 
 (j) any sale of inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business; 
 (k) any grant in the ordinary course of business of any license of patents, trademarks, know-how or any other intellectual property;

 (l) in the ordinary course of business, any swap of assets, or lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal
property, in exchange for services (including in connection with any outsourcing arrangements) of comparable or greater value or usefulness to the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries as a whole, as determined in good faith by the
Issuer; 
 (m) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of
“Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing; 
 (n) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including any Sale/Leaseback Transaction or asset securitization permitted by
this Indenture; 
 (o) any disposition in connection with the Post-Closing CMBS Transaction; 
 (p) dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens; 
 (q) any disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other
than the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of
such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition; 
 (r) any disposition made pursuant to an Operations Management Agreement; 
 (s) the sale of any property in a
Sale/Leaseback Transaction within six months of the acquisition of such property; 
 (t) dispositions of receivables in
connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings and exclusive of factoring or similar arrangements; and 
 (u) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of
any kind. 
 “Bank Indebtedness” means any and all amounts payable under or in respect of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit
Agreement Documents as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time (including after 

  

 -3- 

 
termination of the Credit Agreement), including principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in
bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Issuer whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in
respect thereof. 
 “Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors or managers, as applicable, of such Person
(or, if such Person is a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner of such Person) or any duly authorized committee thereof. 
 “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City. 
 “Capital Stock” means: 
 (1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock or shares; 
 (2) in the case of an association or business entity,
any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; 
 (3) in
the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and 
 (4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital
lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in
respect of purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and such Restricted
Subsidiaries. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means: 
 (1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any member state in the European Union or, in the case of any Foreign
Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any country that is a member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case maturing not more than two years from the
date of acquisition; 
 (3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or
less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million and whose
long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency); 
  

 -4- 

 (4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses
(2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above; 
 (5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Issuer) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another
internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition; 
 (6)
readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent
ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; 
 (7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsors or any of their Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s (or reasonably equivalent
ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; and 
 (8) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above. 
 “Cash Interest” means interest paid entirety in cash. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of either of the following: 
 (1) the
sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person other than any of the Permitted Holders; or 
 (2) the Issuer becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote,
written notice or otherwise) of the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring,
holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any of the Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation,
amalgamation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of (prior to a
Qualified IPO or upon or after an Issuer IPO) the Issuer or (upon or after a Holdco Qualified IPO) the Holdco Issuer. 
 “Code”
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 
 “Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to
any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including the amortization of intangible assets, deferred financing fees and Capitalized Software Expenditures and amortization of unrecognized prior service costs
and actuarial gains and losses related to pensions and other post-employment benefits, of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP. 
  

 -5- 

 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum,
without duplication, of: 
 (1) consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period,
to the extent such expense was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income (including amortization of original issue discount, the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations, and net payments and receipts (if any) pursuant to interest
rate Hedging Obligations and excluding additional interest in respect of the Notes, amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and expensing of any bridge, commitment or other financing fees);
plus  
 (2) consolidated capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether
paid or accrued; plus  
 (3) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges Incurred in connection with any
Receivables Financing which are payable to Persons other than the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries; minus 
 (4)
interest income for such period. 
 For purposes of this definition, interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at
an interest rate reasonably determined by the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, at any date the ratio of (i) Indebtedness (other than Qualified Non-Recourse Debt) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of
such date of calculation (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted Cash that would be stated on the balance sheet of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries and held by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination to (ii) EBITDA of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding
such date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred. In the event that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the
Consolidated Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio is made (the “Consolidated Leverage Calculation Date”), then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be
calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided that the Issuer may elect pursuant to an
Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness as being Incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent Incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment shall not be
deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence at such subsequent time. 
 For purposes of making the computation referred to
above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations (including the Transactions and the Post-Closing CMBS Transaction) and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect
to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or 

  

 -6- 

 
subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Consolidated Leverage Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma
basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations (including the Transactions and the Post-Closing CMBS Transaction), discontinued operations and other operational changes (and the change of
any associated Indebtedness and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was
merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case
with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment,
acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, with respect
to each New Project that commences operations and records not less than one full fiscal quarter’s operations during the four-quarter reference period, the operating results of such New Project will be annualized on a straight-line basis during
such period. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any event, the pro forma calculations shall be
made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer as set forth in an Officer’s
Certificate, to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event (including, to the extent applicable, from the Transactions and the Post-Closing CMBS
Transaction) and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote 3 to “Summary Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data” under “Summary” in the
Offering Memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period. 
 For
purposes of this definition, any amount in a currency than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve month period immediately prior to the date of determination in
a manner consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with
respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis; provided, however, that: 
 (1) any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or expenses or
charges, any severance expenses, relocation expenses, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-retirement employee benefit plans, any expenses related to any reconstruction, decommissioning, recommissioning or reconfiguration of fixed
assets for alternate uses and fees, expenses or charges relating to facilities closing costs, acquisition integration costs, facilities opening costs, project start-up costs, business optimization costs, signing, retention or completion bonuses,
expenses or charges related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or issuance, repayment, refinancing, amendment or modification of Indebtedness (in each case, whether or not successful), and any
fees, expenses, charges or change in control payments made under the Acquisition Documents or otherwise related to the Transactions or the Post-Closing CMBS Transaction, in each case, shall be excluded; 
  

 -7- 

 (2) effects of purchase accounting adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments
pushed down to such Person and such Restricted Subsidiaries) in amounts required or permitted by GAAP, resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition or the amortization or
write-off of any amounts thereof, net of taxes, shall be excluded; 
 (3) the Net Income for such period shall not include the
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period; 
 (4) any net after-tax income or loss from
disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed, abandoned, transferred, closed or discontinued operations shall be excluded; 
 (5) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or
asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by management of the Issuer) shall be excluded; 
 (6) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of indebtedness, Hedging Obligations or other derivative instruments shall be
excluded; 
 (7) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted
Subsidiary or a Qualified Non-Recourse Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent
converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof (other than a Qualified Non-Recourse Subsidiary of such referent Person) in respect of such period; 
 (8) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (1) of the definition of
“Cumulative Credit,” the Net Income for such period of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Note Guarantor) shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted
Subsidiary of its Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument,
judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions have been legally waived;
provided that the Consolidated Net Income of such Person shall be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or converted into cash) by any such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person,
to the extent not already included therein; 
 (9) an amount equal to the amount of Tax Distributions actually made to any
parent or equity holder of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 4.04(b)(xii) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person for such period; 
 (10) any impairment charges or asset write-offs, in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to
GAAP shall be excluded; 
 (11) any non-cash expense realized or resulting from stock option plans, employee benefit plans or
post-employment benefit plans, or grants or sales of stock, stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock, preferred stock or other rights, shall be excluded; 
  

 -8- 

 (12) any (a) one-time non-cash compensation charges, (b) costs and expenses
after the Issue Date related to employment of terminated employees, or (c) costs or expenses realized in connection with or resulting from stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options or other rights existing on the Issue Date of
officers, directors and employees, in each case of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall be excluded; 
 (13) accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within 12 months after the Issue Date and that are so required to be established or adjusted in accordance with GAAP or as a result of adoption or modification of accounting
policies shall be excluded; 
 (14) solely for purposes of calculating EBITDA, (a) the Net Income of any Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries shall be calculated without deducting the income attributable to, or adding the losses attributable to, the minority equity interests of third parties in any non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary except to the extent of
dividends declared or paid in respect of such period or any prior period on the shares of Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary held by such third parties and (b) any ordinary course dividend, distribution or other payment paid in cash
and received from any Person in excess of amounts included in clause (7) above shall be included; 
 (15) (a)(i) the
non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and (ii) the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense which exceeds the amount expensed in respect of such rent expense shall be included and
(b) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by the applicable standard under GAAP and related interpretations shall be excluded; 
 (16) any currency translation gains and losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness, and any net loss or gain resulting from
hedging transactions for currency exchange risk, shall be excluded; and 
 (17) to the extent covered by insurance and
actually reimbursed, or, so long as such Person has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is (a) not denied by the
applicable carrier in writing within 180 days and (b) in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such evidence (with a deduction for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses with respect to
liability or casualty events or business interruption shall be excluded. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of
Section 4.04 only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any dividends, repayments of loans or advances or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the
extent such dividends, repayments or transfers increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under such Section pursuant to clauses (D) and (E) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit.” 
 “Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the non-cash expenses (other than Consolidated Depreciation
and Amortization Expense) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP, provided that if any such
non-cash expenses represent an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in such future period shall be subtracted from EBITDA in such future period to the extent paid, but excluding from
this proviso, for the avoidance of doubt, amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period. 
  

 -9- 

 “Consolidated Taxes” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the provision for taxes
based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state, franchise, property and similar taxes, foreign withholding taxes (including penalties and interest related to such taxes or arising from tax examinations) and any Tax
Distributions taken into account in calculating Consolidated Net Income. 
 “Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any
Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly
or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent: 
 (1) to purchase any
such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, 
 (2) to advance or supply funds:

 (a) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation; or 
 (b) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary
obligor; or 
 (3) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such
primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof. 
 “Credit Agreement” means (i) the credit agreement entered into in connection with, and on or prior to, the consummation of the Acquisition, among the Issuer, the pledgors named therein, the financial institutions named
therein, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, as amended, restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original lenders or otherwise), restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or
otherwise modified from time to time, including any agreement or indenture extending the maturity thereof, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness under such agreement or agreements or indenture or
indentures or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements or indenture or indentures or increasing the amount loaned or issued thereunder or altering the maturity thereof and (ii) whether or not the credit agreement referred to in
clause (i) remains outstanding, if designated by the Issuer to be included in the definition of “Credit Agreement,” one or more (A) debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans,
receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, (B) debt securities, indentures or other forms of debt
financing (including convertible or exchangeable debt instruments or bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances), or (C) instruments or agreements evidencing any other Indebtedness, in each case, with the same or different borrowers or
issuers and, in each case, as amended, supplemented, modified, extended, restructured, renewed, refinanced, restated, replaced or refunded in whole or in part from time to time. 
 “Credit Agreement Documents” means the collective reference to any Credit Agreement, any notes issued pursuant thereto and the guarantees
thereof, and the collateral documents relating thereto, as amended, supplemented, restated, renewed, refunded, replaced, restructured, repaid, refinanced or otherwise modified, in whole or in part, from time to time. 
 “Cumulative Credit” means the sum of (without duplication): 
  

 -10- 

 (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Issuer for the period (taken as one
accounting period), from January 1, 2008 to the end of the Issuer’s most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available at the time of such Restricted Payment (or, in the case such Consolidated Net
Income for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit), plus 
 (B) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds,
including cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of property other than cash, received by the Issuer after the Issue Date (other than net proceeds to the extent such net proceeds have been used to Incur
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(xii)) from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer (excluding Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock, Excluded Contributions and
Disqualified Stock), including Equity Interests issued upon exercise of warrants or options (other than an issuance or sale to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer), plus 
 (C) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the capital of the Issuer received in cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined
in good faith by the Issuer) of property other than cash after the Issue Date (other than Excluded Contributions, Refunding Capital Stock, Designated Preferred Stock and Disqualified Stock and other than contributions to the extent such
contributions have been used to Incur Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(xii)), plus 
 (D) 100% of the principal amount of any Indebtedness or the liquidation preference or maximum fixed repurchase price, as the case may be, of any Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof
issued after the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock issued to a Restricted Subsidiary) which has been converted into or exchanged for Equity Interests in the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or indirect
parent of the Issuer (provided in the case of any parent, such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is retired or extinguished), plus 
 (E) 100% of the aggregate amount received by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in cash and the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of property other than cash received by the Issuer or
any Restricted Subsidiary from: 
 (I) the sale or other disposition (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Issuer) of Restricted Investments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries and from repurchases and redemptions of such Restricted Investments from the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries by any Person (other than the Issuer or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and from repayments of loans or advances, and releases of guarantees, which constituted Restricted Investments (other than in each case to the extent that the Restricted Investment was made pursuant to clause
(vii) or (x) of Section 4.04(b)), 
 (II) the sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Issuer) of the Capital Stock of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or 
 (III) a distribution or dividend from an Unrestricted
Subsidiary, plus 
 (F) in the event any Unrestricted Subsidiary of the Issuer has been redesignated as a Restricted
Subsidiary or has been merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the
Issuer) of the Investment of the Issuer 

  

 -11- 

 
in such Unrestricted Subsidiary (which, if the Fair Market Value of such investment shall exceed $250.0 million, shall be determined by the Board of
Directors of the Issuer, a copy of the resolution of which with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee) at the time of such redesignation, combination or transfer (or of the assets transferred or conveyed, as applicable) (other than in
each case to the extent that the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was made pursuant to clause (vii) of Section 4.04(b) or constituted a Permitted Investment). 
 “Default” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of non-cash consideration received
by the Issuer or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of
Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Non-cash Consideration. 
 “Designated Preferred
Stock” means Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock), that is issued for cash (other than to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee stock ownership plan or trust
established by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, on the issuance date thereof. 
 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security
into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event: 
 (1)
matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (other than as a result of a change of control or asset sale), 
 (2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of such Person, or 
 (3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part (other than solely as a result of a change of control or asset sale), 
 in each case prior to 91 days after the earlier of the maturity date of the Notes or the date the Notes are no longer outstanding; provided, however, that only the portion of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily
redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further, however, that if such Capital Stock is issued
to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Capital Stock shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by
the Issuer in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, death or disability; provided, further, that any class of Capital Stock of such Person that by its terms
authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock. 
 “Domestic Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Foreign Subsidiary. 
  

 -12- 

 “EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such
Person for such period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income: 
 (1) Consolidated Taxes; plus  
 (2) Fixed Charges; plus  
 (3) Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense; plus 
 (4) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus 
 (5) any expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense) related to any issuance of Equity Interests,
Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the Incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred by this Indenture (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful), including (i) such fees, expenses or
charges related to the offering of the Notes and the Bank Indebtedness, (ii) any amendment or other modification of the Notes or other Indebtedness, (iii) any additional interest in respect of the Notes and (iv) commissions,
discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Receivables Financing; plus 
 (6) business optimization expenses and other restructuring charges, reserves or expenses (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include, without limitation, the effect of inventory optimization programs, facility
consolidations, retention, systems establishment costs, contract termination costs, future lease commitments and excess pension charges); plus  
 (7) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsors (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period to the
extent otherwise permitted by Section 4.07; plus 
 (8) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related
assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; plus 
 (9) any costs or
expense Incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such cost or expenses are funded with
cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Issuer or a Note Guarantor or net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) solely to the extent that such net cash proceeds are excluded from the
calculation of the Cumulative Credit; plus 
 (10) Pre-Opening Expenses; 
 less, without duplication, 
 (11)
non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding the recognition of deferred revenue or any items which represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges that reduced EBITDA in any
prior period and any items for which cash was received in a prior period). 
 “Equity Interests” means Capital Stock and all
warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock). 
  

 -13- 

 “Equity Offering” means any public or private sale after the Issue Date of common stock or
Preferred Stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as applicable (other than Disqualified Stock), other than: 
 (1) public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s or such direct or indirect parent’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8; 
 (2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Issuer; and 
 (3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.

 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” means the registration statement filed with the SEC in connection with the Registered
Exchange Offer. 
 “Excluded Contributions” means the Cash Equivalents or other assets (valued at their Fair Market Value as
determined in good faith by senior management or the Board of Directors of the Issuer) received by the Issuer after the Issue Date from: 
 (1) contributions to its common equity capital, and 
 (2) the sale (other than to a
Subsidiary of the Issuer or to any Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Issuer,

 in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by an Officer of the Issuer on or promptly after the
date such capital contributions are made or the date such Capital Stock is sold, as the case may be. 
 “Fair Market Value” means,
with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the
transaction. 
 “Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the ratio of EBITDA of such Person
for such period to the Fixed Charges (other than Fixed Charges in respect of Qualified Non-Recourse Debt) of such Person for such period. In the event that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any
Indebtedness (other than in the case of revolving credit borrowings or revolving advances under any Qualified Receivables Financing, in which case interest expense shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during
the applicable period) or issues, repurchases or redeems Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the
calculation of the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio is made (the “Calculation Date”), then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness, or
such issuance, repurchase or redemption of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. 
  

 -14- 

 For purposes of making the computation referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions,
mergers, amalgamations, consolidations (including the Transactions and the Post-Closing CMBS Transaction) and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any
operational changes that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior to or simultaneously with the Calculation
Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations (including the Transactions and the Post-Closing CMBS Transaction), discontinued operations and
operational changes (and the change of any associated fixed charge obligations and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that
subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation,
discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma
effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or operational change had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. For purposes of
making the computation referred to above, with respect to each New Project that commences operations and records not less than one full fiscal quarter’s operations during the four-quarter reference period, the operating results of such New
Project will be annualized on a straight line basis during such period. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to
be given to any event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. Any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith
determination of the Issuer as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably expected to result from the applicable event (including, to the
extent applicable, from the Transactions and the Post-Closing CMBS Transaction), and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted EBITDA” as set forth in footnote 3 to “Summary Pro
Forma Consolidated Financial Data” under “Summary” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period. 
 If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if
the rate in effect on the Calculation Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Hedging Obligations applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Obligation has a remaining term in excess of 12 months).
Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in
accordance with GAAP. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, interest on any Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility computed on a pro forma basis shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness
during the applicable period. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be deemed to have been based
upon the rate actually chosen, or, if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Issuer may designate. 
 For purposes of this
definition, any amount in a currency than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination in a manner
consistent with that used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period. 
  

 -15- 

 “Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication,
of: 
 (1) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person for such period, and 
 (2) all cash dividend payments (excluding items eliminated in consolidation) on any series of Preferred Stock or Disqualified Stock of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 “Foreign Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary not organized or existing under
the laws of the United States of America or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia and any direct or indirect subsidiary of such Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment
of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the Issue Date. For the purposes of this Indenture, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person shall mean such Person consolidated with its Restricted Subsidiaries, and shall not
include any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of such Person in an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an Investment. 
 “Gaming Authorities” means, in any jurisdiction in which Issuer or any of its subsidiaries manages or conducts any casino, gaming business or activities, the applicable gaming board, commission, or other governmental gaming
regulatory body or agency which (a) has, or may at any time after issuance of the Notes have, jurisdiction over the gaming activities of the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries, or any successor to such authority or (b) is, or may at any
time after the issuance of the Notes be, responsible for interpreting, administering and enforcing the Gaming Laws. 
 “Gaming
Laws” means all applicable constitutions, treaties, laws and statutes pursuant to which any Gaming Authority possesses regulatory, licensing or permit authority over gaming, gambling or casino activities, and all rules, rulings, orders,
ordinances or regulations of any Gaming Authority applicable to the gambling, casino or gaming businesses or activities of the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries in any jurisdiction, as in effect from time to time, including the policies,
interpretations and administration thereof by the Gaming Authorities. 
 “guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement
of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any
Indebtedness or other obligations. 
 “Harrah’s Entertainment” means Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc., a Delaware
corporation. 
  

 -16- 

 “Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

 (1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap
agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements; and 
 (2) other agreements or arrangements
designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices. 
 “Holdco Issuer”
means the issuer in any Holdco Qualified IPO. 
 “Holdco Qualified IPO” means any Qualified IPO in which a direct or indirect
parent of the Issuer is the issuer. 
 “holder” or “noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on
the Registrar’s books. 
 “Incur” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided,
however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, amalgamation, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the
time it becomes a Subsidiary. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person: 
 (1) the principal and premium (if any) of any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, (a) in respect of borrowed
money, (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances (or, without duplication, reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), (c) representing the deferred and unpaid
purchase price of any property (except any such balance that constitutes (i) a trade payable or similar obligation to a trade creditor Incurred in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any earn-out obligations until such obligation becomes
a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP and (iii) liabilities accrued in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than six months after the date of placing the property in service or
taking delivery and title thereto, (d) in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, or (e) representing any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent that any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and Hedging
Obligations) would appear as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (2) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, the obligations referred to in clause (1) of another Person (other than by
endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business); and 
 (3) to the extent not
otherwise included, Indebtedness of another Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned by such Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person); provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the
lesser of: (a) the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of such asset at such date of determination, and (b) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person; 
 provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Indebtedness shall be deemed not to include (1) Contingent Obligations Incurred in the ordinary
course of business and not in respect of borrowed 

  

 -17- 

 
money; (2) deferred or prepaid revenues; (3) purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty
or other unperformed obligations of the respective seller; (4) Obligations under or in respect of Qualified Receivables Financing or (5) obligations under the Acquisition Documents. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, Indebtedness shall not include, and shall be calculated without giving effect to, the effects
of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under this Indenture as a result of accounting for any
embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness; and any such amounts that would have constituted Indebtedness under this Indenture but for the application of this sentence shall not be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness under this
Indenture. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time. 
 “Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm or consultant, in each case of nationally recognized
standing, that is, in the good faith determination of the Issuer, qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged. 
 “Intercreditor Agreement” means the intercreditor agreement, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Indenture, among Bank of America, N.A., as agent under the Credit Agreement Documents, Citibank, N.A., in
its capacity as administrative agent under the Senior Interim Loan Facility, the Trustee, the Issuer, each Note Guarantor that is a Subsidiary of the Issuer, and any representative on behalf of other holders of securities or lenders of indebtedness
ranking pari passu with the Notes that is Incurred from time to time. 
 “Interest Payment Date” has the meaning set forth in
Exhibits A-1 and A-2 and Exhibits B-1 and B-2 hereto. 
 “Interest Period” means the period commencing on and including an interest
payment date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding interest payment date, with the exception that the first Interest Period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and include July 31,
2008. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s and BBB- (or the
equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 
 “Investment Grade Securities” means: 
 (1) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (other
than Cash Equivalents), 
 (2) securities that have a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or equivalent) by Moody’s and
BBB- (or equivalent) by S&P, but excluding any debt securities or loans or advances between and among the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, 
 (3) investments in any fund that invests exclusively in investments of the type described in clauses (1) and (2) which fund may also hold immaterial amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution,
and 
  

 -18- 

 (4) corresponding instruments in countries other than the United States customarily
utilized for high quality investments and in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition. 
 “Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of loans (including guarantees), advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable,
trade credit and advances to customers and commission, travel and similar advances to officers, employees and consultants made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests
or other securities issued by any other Person and investments that are required by GAAP to be classified on the balance sheet of the Issuer in the same manner as the other investments included in this definition to the extent such transactions
involve the transfer of cash or other property. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 4.04: 
 (1) “Investments” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the net assets of a
Subsidiary of the Issuer at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer shall be deemed to continue to
have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary equal to an amount (if positive) equal to: 
 (a) the
Issuer’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less 
 (b) the portion
(proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation; and 
 (2) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith
by the Issuer) at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer. 
 “Issue
Date” means the date on which the Notes are originally issued. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien,
pledge, charge, security interest or similar encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease
in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction);
provided that in no event shall an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien. 
 “Long-Term Retained Notes” means the
Issuer’s 5.625% Senior Notes due 2015, 6.500% Senior Notes due 2016 and 5.75% Senior Notes due 2017. 
 “Management Group”
means the group consisting of the directors, executive officers and other management personnel of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as the case may be, on the Issue Date together with (1) any new directors whose
election by such boards of directors or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as applicable, was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of the Issuer or any direct
or indirect parent of the Issuer, as applicable, then still in office who were either directors on the Issue Date or 

  

 -19- 

 
whose election or nomination was previously so approved and (2) executive officers and other management personnel of the Issuer or any direct or
indirect parent of the Issuer, as applicable, hired at a time when the directors on the Issue Date together with the directors so approved constituted a majority of the directors of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, as
applicable. 
 “Merger Agreement” means the Agreement and Plan of Merger among Hamlet Holdings LLC, Hamlet Merger Inc. and
Harrah’s Entertainment, dated as of December 19, 2006, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time prior to the Issue Date or thereafter, in accordance with its terms. 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any
reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends. 
 “Net Proceeds” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received in respect of or upon the sale or other disposition of any Designated Non-cash Consideration received in any Asset Sale and any cash
payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding the assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness relating to the disposed assets
or other consideration received in any other non-cash form), net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale and the sale or disposition of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment
banking fees, and brokerage and sales commissions), and any relocation expenses Incurred as a result thereof, taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing
arrangements related thereto), amounts required to be applied to the repayment of principal, premium (if any) and interest on Indebtedness required (other than pursuant to Section 4.06(b)(i)) to be paid as a result of such transaction, and any
deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the Issuer as a reserve in accordance with GAAP against any liabilities associated with the asset disposed of in such transaction and retained by the Issuer after such sale or other disposition
thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction. 
 “New Project” means each capital project which is either a new project or a new feature of an existing project owned by the Issuer or its
Restricted Subsidiaries which receives a certificate of completion or occupancy and all relevant licenses, and in fact commences operations. 
 “Note Guarantee” means any guarantee of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes by any Person in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. 
 “Note Guarantor” means each Person that guarantees the Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. Any reference to “Note
Guarantor” in this Indenture includes both the Parent Note Guarantor and the Subsidiary Note Guarantors, unless specified otherwise. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements (including, without limitation, reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances), damages and
other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness; provided that Obligations with respect to the Notes shall not include fees or indemnifications in favor of the Trustee and other third parties other than the
holders of the Notes. 
  

 -20- 

 “Offering Memorandum” means the confidential offering memorandum, dated January 29, 2008,
relating to the sale of the Initial Notes. 
 “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial
Officer, President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Issuer. 
 “Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by an Officer of the Issuer, who must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting
officer of the Issuer, which meets the requirements set forth in this Indenture. 
 “Operations Management Agreement” means each of
the real estate management agreements and any other operating management agreement entered into by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with Harrah’s Entertainment or with any other direct or indirect Subsidiary of Harrah’s
Entertainment, including, without limitation, any Real Estate Subsidiary, and any and all modifications thereto, substitutions therefor and replacements thereof so long as such modifications, substitutions and replacements are not materially less
favorable, taken as a whole, to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries than the terms of such agreements as in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer or the Trustee. 
 “Parent Note Guarantee” means a Note Guarantee of Harrah’s Entertainment and its successors. 
 “Parent Note Guarantor” means Harrah’s Entertainment and its successors. 
 “Pari Passu Indebtedness” means: 
 (1) with respect to the Issuer, the Notes and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to the Notes; and 
 (2) with respect to any Note Guarantor, its Note Guarantee and any Indebtedness which ranks pari passu in right of payment to such Note Guarantor’s Note Guarantee. 
 “Partial PIK Interest” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A-2 and Exhibit B-2 hereto. 
 “Permitted Holders” means, at any time, each of (i) the Sponsors, (ii) the Management Group, (iii) any Person that has no
material assets other than the Capital Stock of the Issuer and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Issuer, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of
Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any of the other Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the
Voting Stock thereof and (iv) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any of the Permitted Holders specified in clauses
(i) and (ii) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of the Issuer (a “Permitted Holder Group”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has 

  

 -21- 

 
voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person or other “group” (other
than the Permitted Holders specified in clauses (i) and (ii) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder Group. Any Person or group whose acquisition of beneficial
ownership constitutes a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture will thereafter, together with its Affiliates, constitute an additional Permitted Holder.

 “Permitted Investments” means: 
 (1) any Investment in the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (2) any Investment in Cash
Equivalents or Investment Grade Securities; 
 (3) any Investment by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in
a Person if as a result of such Investment (a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, or (b) such Person, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or
transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; 
 (4) any Investment in securities or other assets not constituting Cash Equivalents and received in connection with an Asset Sale made pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.06 or any other disposition of assets
not constituting an Asset Sale; 
 (5) any Investment existing on, or made pursuant to binding commitments existing on, the
Issue Date or an Investment consisting of any extension, modification or renewal of any Investment existing on the Issue Date; provided that the amount of any such Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such
Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (y) as otherwise permitted under this Indenture; 
 (6) advances to
employees, taken together with all other advances made pursuant to this clause (6), not to exceed $25.0 million at any one time outstanding; 
 (7) any Investment acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) in exchange for any other Investment or accounts receivable held by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection
with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other Investment or accounts receivable, or (b) as a result of a foreclosure by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect
to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment in default; 
 (8) Hedging
Obligations permitted under Section 4.03(b)(x); 
 (9) any Investment by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
in a Similar Business having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (9) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of
(x) $500.0 million and (y) 4.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided,
however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (9) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Issuer after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (9) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted
Subsidiary; 
  

 -22- 

 (10) additional Investments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having an
aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (10) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $950.0 million and
(y) 4.5% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any
Investment pursuant to this clause (10) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer after such date, such
Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (10) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (11) loans and advances to officers, directors or employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar
expenses, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or to fund such person’s purchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; 
 (12) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Issuer (other than Disqualified Stock) or any direct or
indirect parent of the Issuer, as applicable; provided, however, that such Equity Interests will not increase the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (C) of the definition of “Cumulative Credit”;

 (13) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the
provisions of Section 4.07(b) (except transactions described in clauses (ii), (vi), (vii), (xi) and (xii)(b) of such Section); 
 (14) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons; 
 (15) guarantees issued in accordance with Section 4.03 and Section 4.11, including, without limitation, any guarantee or other
obligation issued or Incurred under the Credit Agreement in connection with any letter of credit issued for the account of Harrah’s Entertainment or any of its subsidiaries (including with respect to the issuance of, or payments in respect of
drawings under, such letters of credit); 
 (16) Investments consisting of or to finance purchases and acquisitions of
inventory, supplies, materials, services or equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property; 
 (17) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts
permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness; 
 (18)
any Investment in an entity or purchase of a business or assets in each case owned (or previously owned) by a customer of a Restricted Subsidiary as a condition or in connection with such customer (or any member of such customer’s group)
contracting with a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case in the ordinary course of business; 
 (19) any Investment in an entity
which is not a Restricted Subsidiary to which a Restricted Subsidiary sells accounts receivable pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Financing; 
  

 -23- 

 (20) additional Investments in joint ventures not to exceed at any one time in the
aggregate outstanding under this clause (20) the greater of $350.0 million and 2.0% of Total Assets; provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (20) is made in any Person that is not a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (1) above and
shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (20) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (21) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into, amalgamated with or consolidated with the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in a transaction that is not
prohibited by Section 5.01 after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger,
amalgamation or consolidation; and 
 (22) any Investment in any Subsidiary of the Issuer or any joint venture in connection
with intercompany cash management arrangements or related activities arising in the ordinary course of business. 
 “Permitted
Liens” means, with respect to any Person: 
 (1) pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation
laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or
statutory obligations of such Person or deposits of cash or U.S. government bonds to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import duties or for the payment of rent, in each case
Incurred in the ordinary course of business; 
 (2) Liens imposed by law, such as carriers’, warehousemen’s and
mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or other Liens arising out of judgments or awards against such Person with respect to which such Person shall then be proceeding
with an appeal or other proceedings for review; 
 (3) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet due
or payable or subject to penalties for nonpayment or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; 
 (4) Liens in favor of issuers of performance and surety bonds or bid bonds or with respect to other regulatory requirements or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of
its business; 
 (5) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for,
licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the
ownership of its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Indebtedness and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such
Person; 
 (6) (A) Liens on assets of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor securing Indebtedness of such
Restricted Subsidiary permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03, 

  

 -24- 

 
(B) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under the Credit Agreement, including any letter of credit facility relating thereto, that was
permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(i), (C) Liens securing obligations in respect of any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03; provided that, with respect to Liens securing obligations
permitted under this clause (C), at the time of Incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio of the Issuer would not exceed 4.50 to 1.00, and (D) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be
Incurred pursuant to clause (iv), (xii), (xvi), (xx), (xxii) or (xxv) of Section 4.03(b) (provided that (1) in the case of clause (iv), such Lien extends only to the assets and/or Capital Stock, the acquisition, lease,
construction, repair, replacement or improvement of which is financed thereby and any proceeds or products thereof, (2) in the case of clause (xx), such Lien does not extend to the property or assets of any Subsidiary of the Issuer other than a
Foreign Subsidiary, and (3) in the case of clauses (xxiii) and (xxv) such Lien applies solely to acquired property or asset of the acquired entity, as the case may be); 
 (7) Liens existing on the Issue Date (other than Liens in favor of the lenders under the Credit Agreement); 
 (8) Liens on assets, property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided,
however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary; provided, further, however, that such Liens may not extend to any other
property owned by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; 
 (9) Liens on assets or property at the time the
Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer acquired the assets or property, including any acquisition by means of a merger, amalgamation or consolidation with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided,
however, that such Liens are not created or Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided, further, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; 
 (10) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary owing
to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer permitted to be Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; 
 (11) Liens securing Hedging Obligations not Incurred in violation of this Indenture; provided that with respect to Hedging Obligations relating to Indebtedness, such Lien extends only to the property securing such Indebtedness;

 (12) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person securing such Person’s obligations
in respect of bankers’ acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods; 
 (13) leases and subleases of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (14) Liens arising from Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings regarding
operating leases entered into by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; 
 (15) Liens
in favor of the Issuer or any Note Guarantor; 
  

 -25- 

 (16) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the
definition of “Receivables Financing” Incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; 
 (17)
deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers; 
 (18) Liens on the Equity
Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (19) grants of software and other technology licenses in the ordinary course of
business; 
 (20) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings,
refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11) and (15); provided, however, that (x) such
new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that secured the original Lien (plus improvements on such property), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of
(A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under clauses (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11) and (15) at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien under this Indenture, and
(B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided further, however, that in the case of any Liens to secure any
refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal of Indebtedness secured by a Lien referred to in clause (6)(B), the principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred for such refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal shall be deemed secured by a Lien
under clause (6)(B) and not this clause (20) for purposes of determining the principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under clause (6)(B); 
 (21) Liens on equipment of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary granted in the ordinary course of business to the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s client at which such equipment is located;

 (22) judgment and attachment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default and notices of lis pendens and associated rights
related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been made; 
 (23) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (24) Liens Incurred to secure cash management services or to implement cash pooling arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

 (25) other Liens securing obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business which obligations do not exceed $100.0
million at any one time outstanding; 
 (26) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect
to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement; 
 (27) any
amounts held by a trustee in the funds and accounts under an indenture securing any revenue bonds issued for the benefit of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary; and 
  

 -26- 

 (28) Liens arising by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to
banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depository or financial institution. 
 For purposes of this definition, notwithstanding anything in the foregoing clauses (1) through (28), any Lien that secures Retained Notes or Long-Term Retained Notes shall not under any circumstances be deemed
Permitted Liens. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association,
joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 
 “PIK Interest” has the meaning set forth in Exhibits A-2 and B-2 hereto. 
 “Post-Closing CMBS Transaction”
means the transaction described as the “Post-Closing CMBS Transaction” under “Summary—The Transactions—CMBS Transactions” in the Offering Memorandum. 
 “Preferred Stock” means any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

 “Pre-Opening Expenses” means, with respect to any fiscal period, the amount of expenses (other than interest expense) Incurred
with respect to capital projects that are classified as “pre-opening expenses” on the applicable financial statements of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, prepared in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Project Financings” means (1) any Capitalized Lease Obligations, mortgage financing, purchase money Indebtedness or other Indebtedness
Incurred in connection with the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement, improvement or financing related to any of the Margaritaville Casino & Resort in Biloxi, Mississippi, the retail facilities related to the Margaritaville
Casino & Resort, the planned casino and hotel in the community of Ciudad Real, Spain, and a hotel project with Baha Mar Resort Holdings Ltd. in the Bahamas, or any refinancing of any such Indebtedness that does not extend to any assets
other than the assets listed above and (2) any Sale/Leaseback Transaction with respect to any of Margaritaville Casino & Resort in Biloxi, Mississippi, the retail facilities related to the Margaritaville Casino & Resort, the
planned casino and hotel in the community of Ciudad Real, Spain, and a hotel project with Baha Mar Resort Holdings Ltd. in the Bahamas. 
 “Qualified IPO” means any underwritten public Equity Offering. 
 “Qualified Non-Recourse Debt” means
Indebtedness that (1) is (a) Incurred by a Qualified Non-Recourse Subsidiary to finance (whether prior to or within 270 days after) the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of any property (real or personal)
or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of property or the Equity Interests of any person owning such property and whether in a single acquisition or a series of related acquisitions) or (b) assumed by a Qualified Non-Recourse
Subsidiary, (2) is non-recourse to the Issuer and any Note Guarantor and (3) is non-recourse to any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Qualified Non-Recourse Subsidiary. 
 “Qualified Non-Recourse Subsidiary” means (1) a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor and that is formed or created after the
Issue Date in order to finance an acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement or improvement of any property or equipment (directly or through one of its Subsidiaries) that secures Qualified Non-Recourse Debt and (2) any Restricted
Subsidiary of a Qualified Non-Recourse Subsidiary. 
  

 -27- 

 “Qualified Receivables Financing” means any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary
that meets the following conditions: 
 (1) the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall have determined in good faith that such
Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Issuer and the Receivables Subsidiary; 
 (2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value (as determined in good
faith by the Issuer); and 
 (3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be
market terms (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings. 
 The grant of a security
interest in any accounts receivable of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure Bank Indebtedness, Indebtedness in respect of the Notes or any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to the Notes
shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing. 
 “Rating Agency” means (1) each of Moody’s and S&P and
(2) if Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes for reasons outside of the Issuer’s control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15cs-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under the Exchange
Act selected by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer as a replacement agency for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be. 
 “Real Estate Assets” means, collectively, all Real Property that is to be transferred on the Issue Date constituting any of the following: Harrah’s Las Vegas, Rio and Flamingo Las Vegas in Las Vegas, Nevada; Harrah’s
Atlantic City and Showboat Atlantic City in Atlantic City, New Jersey; and Harrah’s Lake Tahoe, Harveys Lake Tahoe and Bill’s Lake Tahoe in Lake Tahoe, Nevada, as well as the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary the assets of which are
comprised of such Real Property. 
 “Real Estate Facility” means the mortgage financing and mezzanine financing arrangements
between the Real Estate Subsidiaries, which are direct or indirect subsidiaries of Harrah’s Entertainment, and JPMorgan Chase Bank N.A. and its successors and assigns, on behalf of the noteholders dated as of the Issue Date, as amended,
restated, supplemented, extended, waived, replaced, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time (including in connection with the Post-Closing CMBS Transaction). 
 “Real Estate Subsidiary” means those Subsidiaries of Harrah’s Entertainment that are party to (prior to, on or after the Issue Date) the
Real Estate Facility (and their respective Subsidiaries) secured by the Real Estate Assets collateralizing such facility on the Issue Date plus any additional Real Property sold, contributed or transferred to such Subsidiaries by the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary (whether directly or indirectly through the sale, contribution or transfer of the Capital Stock of a Subsidiary the assets of which are comprised solely of such Real Property) subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to
Section 4.06 or in connection with the Post-Closing CMBS Transaction. 
  

 -28- 

 “Real Property” means, collectively, all right, title and interests (including any leasehold,
mineral or other estate) in and to any and all parcels of or interests in real property owned, leased or operated by any Person, whether by lease, license or other means, together with, in each case, all easements, hereditaments and appurtenances
relating thereto, all buildings, structures, parking areas and improvements and appurtenant fixtures and equipment, all general intangibles and contract rights and other property and rights incidental to the ownership, lease or operation thereof.

 “Record Date” has the meaning specified in Exhibits A-1, A-2, B-1 and B-2 hereto. 
 “Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interests issued or
sold in connection with, and all other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Financing. 
 “Receivables Financing” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise
transfer to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries); and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any
accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all
guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with
asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations entered into by the Issuer or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable. 
 “Receivables Repurchase Obligation” means any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase
receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a
result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller. 
 “Receivables Subsidiary”
means a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (or another Person formed for the purposes of engaging in Qualified Receivables Financing with the Issuer in which the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer makes an Investment and to which
the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, all proceeds thereof
and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Issuer (as provided below) as a
Receivables Subsidiary and: 
 (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which
(i) is guaranteed by the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to
or obligates the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer, directly or
indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; 
  

 -29- 

 (b) with which neither the Issuer nor any other Subsidiary of the Issuer has any material
contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Issuer reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Issuer or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of
the Issuer; and 
 (c) to which neither the Issuer nor any other Subsidiary of the Issuer has any obligation to maintain or
preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. 
 Any such designation
by the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate
certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions. 
 “Representative” means the trustee, agent or
representative (if any) for an issue of Indebtedness; provided that if, and for so long as, such Indebtedness lacks such a Representative, then the Representative for such Indebtedness shall at all times constitute the holder or holders of a
majority in outstanding principal amount of obligations under such Indebtedness. 
 “Restricted Cash” means cash and Cash
Equivalents held by Restricted Subsidiaries that are contractually restricted from being distributed to the Issuer, except for (i) such cash and Cash Equivalents subject only to such restrictions that are contained in agreements governing
Indebtedness permitted under this Indenture and that are secured by such cash or Cash Equivalents and (ii) cash and Cash Equivalents constituting “cage cash.” 
 “Restricted Investment” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person.
Unless otherwise indicated in this Indenture, all references to Restricted Subsidiaries shall mean Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer. 
 “Retained Notes” means the Issuer’s 5.500% Senior Notes due 2010, 8.00% Senior Notes due 2011, 5.375% Senior Notes due 2013, 7.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2010, and 8.125% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2011.

 “Reversion Date” means the date on which one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade
the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating. 
 “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means an arrangement relating to
property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person, other than
leases between the Issuer and a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer or between Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer. 
 “S&P”
means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor to the rating agency business thereof. 
 “SEC” means the
Securities and Exchange Commission. 
  

 -30- 

 “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien. 
 “Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, at any date the ratio of (i) Secured Indebtedness (other than
Qualified Non-Recourse Debt) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of calculation (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) less the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents in excess of any Restricted
Cash held by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date of determination to (ii) EBITDA of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding such date on
which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred. In the event that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs, repays, repurchases or redeems any Indebtedness subsequent to the commencement of the period for which the Secured
Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is being calculated but prior to the event for which the calculation of the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio is made (the “Secured Leverage Calculation Date”), then the Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio
shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence, repayment, repurchase or redemption of Indebtedness as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period; provided that the Issuer may elect
pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee to treat all or any portion of the commitment under any Indebtedness as being Incurred at such time, in which case any subsequent Incurrence of Indebtedness under such commitment
shall not be deemed, for purposes of this calculation, to be an Incurrence at such subsequent time. 
 For purposes of making the computation
referred to above, Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations (including the Transactions and the Post-Closing CMBS Transaction) and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP), in each case
with respect to an operating unit of a business, and any operational changes that the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has determined to make and/or made during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and
on or prior to or simultaneously with the Secured Leverage Calculation Date shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations (including the Transactions
and the Post-Closing CMBS Transaction), discontinued operations and other operational changes (and the change of any associated Indebtedness and the change in EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference
period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period shall have made any Investment,
acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, discontinued operation or operational change, in each case with respect to an operating unit of a business, that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the
Secured Indebtedness Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, discontinued operation, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or operational change had occurred
at the beginning of the applicable four-quarter period. For purposes of making the computation referred to above, with respect to each New Project that commences operations and records not less than one full fiscal quarter’s operations during
the four-quarter reference period, the operating results of such New Project will be annualized on a straight line basis during such period. 
 For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any event, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer. Any such pro forma calculation
may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Issuer as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, to reflect (1) operating expense reductions and other operating improvements or synergies reasonably
expected to result from the applicable event (including, to the extent applicable, from the Transactions and the Post-Closing CMBS Transaction) and (2) all adjustments of the nature used in connection with the calculation of “Adjusted
EBITDA” as set 

  

 -31- 

 
forth in footnote 3 to “Summary Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data” under “Summary” in the Offering Memorandum to the
extent such adjustments, without duplication, continue to be applicable to such four-quarter period. 
 For purposes of this definition, any
amount in a currency than U.S. dollars will be converted to U.S. dollars based on the average exchange rate for such currency for the most recent twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of determination in a manner consistent with that
used in calculating EBITDA for the applicable period. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the
rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder. 
 “Senior Interim Loan Facility” means the interim loan agreement, dated
as of January 28, 2008, by and among the Issuer, as borrower, the lenders party thereto in their capacities as lenders thereunder and Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent, including any guarantees, instruments and agreements executed in
connection therewith, and any amendments, supplements, modifications or restatements thereof. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any
Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Issuer within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC (or any successor provision). 
 “Similar Business” means a business, the majority of whose revenues are derived from the activities of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries as of
the Issue Date or any business or activity that is reasonably similar or complementary thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto. 
 “Sponsors” means (i) Apollo Management, L.P. and any of its respective Affiliates other than any portfolio companies (collectively, the
“Apollo Sponsors”), (ii) Texas Pacific Group and any of its respective Affiliates other than any portfolio companies (collectively, the “Texas Pacific Sponsors”), (iii) any individual who is a partner or employee of an
Apollo Sponsor or a Texas Pacific Sponsor that is licensed by a relevant gaming authority on the Issue Date or thereafter replaces such licensee and (iv) any Person that forms a group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or
Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) with any Apollo Sponsors and/or Texas Pacific Sponsors; provided that the Apollo Sponsors and/or the Texas Pacific Sponsors (x) own a majority of the voting power and
(y) control a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer. 
 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means
representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer which the Issuer has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing including, without
limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of
principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any
contingency beyond the control of the issuer unless such contingency has occurred). 
  

 -32- 

 “Subordinated Indebtedness” means (a) with respect to the Issuer, any Indebtedness of the
Issuer which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, and (b) with respect to any Note Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Note Guarantor which is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to its Note Guarantee.

 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (1) any corporation, association or other business entity (other than a
partnership, joint venture or limited liability company) of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or
trustees thereof is at the time of determination owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, and (2) any partnership, joint venture or limited
liability company of which (x) more than 50% of the capital accounts, distribution rights, total equity and voting interests or general and limited partnership interests, as applicable, are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such
Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, whether in the form of membership, general, special or limited partnership interests or otherwise, and (y) such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person is
a controlling general partner or otherwise controls such entity. 
 “Subsidiary Note Guarantee” means a Note Guarantee of a Note
Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Subsidiary Note Guarantor” means a Note Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

 “Suspension Period” means the period of time between a Covenant Suspension Event and the related Reversion Date. 
 “Tax Distributions” means any distributions described in Section 4.04(b)(xii). 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture. 
 “Total Assets” means the total consolidated assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of
the Issuer, without giving effect to any amortization of the amount of intangible assets since the Issue Date. 
 “Transactions”
means, with the exception of the Post-Closing CMBS Transaction, the transactions described under “Summary—The Transactions” in the Offering Memorandum. 
 “Treasury Rate” means, as of the applicable redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the
most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of
similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to February 1, 2012, in the case of the Cash Pay Notes, and February 1,2013, in the case of the Toggle Notes; provided, however, that if the
period from such redemption date to February 1, 2012 in the case of the Cash Pay Notes, and February 1, 2013, in the case of the Toggle Notes, is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury
securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year will be used. 
  

 -33- 

 “Trust Officer” means: 
 (1) any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant
secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust
matter is referred because of such Person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject, and 
 (2) who
shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture. 
 “Trustee” means the party named as such in this
Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor. 
 “Uniform Commercial Code” means the New York
Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means: 
 (1) any Subsidiary of the Issuer that at the time of determination shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of
Directors of such Person in the manner provided below; and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 The Issuer may designate any Subsidiary of the Issuer (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Issuer) to be an Unrestricted
Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Issuer or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to
be so designated; provided, however, that the Subsidiary to be so designated and its Subsidiaries do not at the time of designation have and do not thereafter Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of
the assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, further, however, that either: 
 (a) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less; or 
 (b) if such Subsidiary
has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section 4.04. 
 The Issuer may designate
any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that immediately after giving effect to such designation: 
 (x) (1) the Issuer could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a), or (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Issuer and
its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such designation, in each case on a pro forma basis taking into account such designation, and 
 (y) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 
  

 -34- 

 Any such designation by Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a
copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof of the Issuer giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 
 “U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are: 
 (1) direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged, or

 (2) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of
America, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, 
 which, in each
case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government
Obligations or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligations held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is
not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligations or the specific payment of principal of or interest on the
U.S. Government Obligations evidenced by such depository receipt. 
 “Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital
Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person. 
 “Weighted Average
Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of
determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (2) the sum
of all such payments. 
 “Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary” is any Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary.

 “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means a Subsidiary of such Person 100% of the outstanding Capital Stock or other
ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required to be held by Foreign Subsidiaries) shall at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person. 
 SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined
 in Section

	 “Additional Interest”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.07
	 “Asset Sale Offer”
	  	4.06(b)
	 “Bankruptcy Law”
	  	6.01

  

 -35- 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined
 in Section

	 “Cash Pay Notes”
	  	Preamble
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.08
	 “covenant defeasance option”
	  	8.01(c)
	 “Covenant Suspension Event”
	  	4.15
	 “Custodian”
	  	6.01
	 “Definitive Note”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Disqualified Holder”
	  	2.15
	 “Depository”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Euroclear”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	4.06(b)
	 “Exchange Notes”
	  	Preamble
	 “Global Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Global Notes Legend”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Guaranteed Obligations”
	  	11.01(a)
	 “IAI”
	  	Appendix A
	 “incorporated provision”
	  	13.01
	 “Initial Purchasers”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Initial Notes”
	  	Preamble
	 “Issuer”
	  	Preamble
	 “legal defeasance option”
	  	8.01
	 “Notes”
	  	Preamble
	 “Notes Custodian”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Notice of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “Offer Period”
	  	4.06(d)
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.04(a)
	 “PIK Notes”
	  	2.01
	 “PIK Payment”
	  	2.01
	 “protected purchaser”
	  	2.08
	 “Purchase Agreement”
	  	Appendix A
	 “QIB”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Refinancing Indebtedness”
	  	4.03(b)
	 “Refunding Capital Stock”
	  	4.04(b)
	 “Registered Exchange Offer”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Registration Agreement”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.04(a)
	 “Regulation S”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Regulation S Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Restricted Payment”
	  	4.04(a)
	 “Restricted Period”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Restricted Notes Legend”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Retired Capital Stock”
	  	4.04(b)
	 “Reversion Date”
	  	4.15
	 “Rule 501”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Rule 144A Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Second Commitment”
	  	4.06

  

 -36- 

			
	 Term
	  	 Defined
 in Section

	 “Shelf Registration Statement”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Successor Issuer”
	  	5.01(a)
	 “Successor Note Guarantor”
	  	5.01(b)
	 “Successor Parent Note Guarantor”
	  	5.01
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	4.15
	 “Toggle Notes”
	  	Preamble
	 “Transfer”
	  	5.01(b)
	 “Transfer Restricted Notes”
	  	Appendix A
	 “Unrestricted Definitive Note
	  	Appendix A

 SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture
incorporates by reference certain provisions of the TIA. The following TIA terms have the following meanings: 
 “Commission” means
the SEC. 
 “indenture securities” means the Notes and the Guarantees. 
 “indenture security holder” means a holder. 
 “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 
 “indenture trustee” or
“institutional trustee” means the Trustee. 
 “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Issuer, the Note Guarantors
and any other obligor on the Notes. 
 All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to
another statute or defined by SEC rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions. 
 SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction.
Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 
 (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
 (c) “or” is not exclusive; 
 (d) “including” means including without limitation; 
 (e) words in the singular
include the plural and words in the plural include the singular; 
 (f) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be
subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness; 
  

 -37- 

 (g) the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other discount security at any
date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (h) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such
Preferred Stock, whichever is greater; 
 (i) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be
interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP; 
 (j) “$” and “U.S. dollars” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States of America
that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; and 
 (k) whenever in this Indenture or
the Notes there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Interest, to the extent that, in such
context, Additional Interest is, were or would be payable in respect thereof. 
 ARTICLE 2 
 THE NOTES 
 SECTION 2.01. Amount of
Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture on the Issue Date is $6,335,000,000, comprised of $4,932,417,000 in initial aggregate principal amount of Cash Pay Notes and
$1,402,583,000 in aggregate principal amount of Toggle Notes. 
 In connection with the payment of PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest in
respect of the Notes, the Issuer is entitled to, without the consent of the holders and without regard to Section 4.03, increase the outstanding principal amount of the Notes or issue additional Notes (the “PIK Notes”) under this
Indenture on the same terms and conditions as the Toggle Notes (in each case, the “PIK Payment”). 
 In addition, the Issuer may
from time to time after the Issue Date issue Additional Notes under this Indenture in an unlimited principal amount, so long as (i) the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such Additional Notes is at such time permitted by
Section 4.03 and (ii) such Additional Notes are issued in compliance with the other applicable provisions of this Indenture. With respect to any Additional Notes issued after the Issue Date (except for Notes authenticated and delivered
upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 2.10, 3.06, 4.06(g), 4.08(c) or Appendix A), there shall be (a) established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board
of Directors and (b) (i) set forth or determined in the manner provided in an Officer’s Certificate or (ii) established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such Additional Notes: 
 (1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, 
  

 -38- 

 (2) the issue price and issuance date of such Additional Notes, including the date from
which interest on such Additional Notes shall accrue; 
 (3) if applicable, that such Additional Notes shall be issuable in
whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Notes and, in such case, the respective depositaries for such Global Notes, the form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by such Global Notes in addition to or in lieu of those set forth
in Exhibits A-1 and A-2 hereto and any circumstances in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Section 2.2 of Appendix A in which any such Global Note may be exchanged in whole or in part for Additional Notes registered, or any transfer
of such Global Note in whole or in part may be registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the depositary for such Global Note or a nominee thereof; and 
 (4) if applicable, that such Additional Notes that are not Transfer Restricted Notes shall not be issued in the form of Initial Notes as
set forth in Exhibits A-1 and A-2, but shall be issued in the form of Exchange Notes as set forth in Exhibits B-1 and B-2. 
 If any of the
terms of any Additional Notes are established by action taken pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Issuer and
delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers’ Certificate or the indenture supplemental hereto setting forth the terms of the Additional Notes. 
 The Cash Pay Notes, including any Additional Notes issued as Cash Pay Notes, may, at the Issuer’s option, be treated as a single class for all
purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. The Toggle Notes, including any PIK Notes and any Additional Notes issued as Toggle Notes, may, at the Issuer’s option, be
treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. 
 SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating. Provisions relating to the Initial Notes and the Exchange Notes are set forth in Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The
(i) Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication and (ii) any Additional Notes (if issued as Transfer Restricted Notes) and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be substantially in the form of
Exhibits A-1 and A-2 hereto, which are hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The (i) Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication and (ii) any Additional Notes issued other than as
Transfer Restricted Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall each be substantially in the form of Exhibits B-1 and B-2 hereto, which are hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have
notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which the Issuer or any Note Guarantor is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the
Issuer). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form without interest coupons and in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiples of $1,000 (rounded to the nearest $1 in the case
of any PIK Notes). 
 SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery upon
a written order of the Issuer signed by one Officer (a) Initial Notes for original issue on the date hereof in an aggregate principal amount of $6,335,000,000, consisting of $4,932,417,000 aggregate principal amount of Cash Pay Notes and
$1,402,583,000 aggregate principal amount of Toggle Notes, (b) subject to the terms of this Indenture, Additional Notes in an aggregate principal 

  

 -39- 

 
amount to be determined at the time of issuance and specified therein, (c) the Exchange Notes for issue in a Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the
Registration Agreement for a like principal amount of Initial Notes exchanged pursuant thereto or otherwise pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and (d) any PIK Notes issued in payment of PIK Interest or
Partial PIK Interest. Such order shall specify the amount of separate Note certificates to be authenticated, the principal amount of each of the Notes to be authenticated, the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated, the
registered holder of each of the Notes and delivery instructions and whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Exchange Notes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture or Appendix A, any issuance of Additional Notes after the
Issue Date shall be in a principal amount of at least $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. 
 One Officer shall sign
the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the
time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of
the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be
evidenced by an instrument signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in
this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 
 On any Interest Payment Date on which the Issuer pays PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest with respect to a Note, the Trustee shall increase the
principal amount of such Note by an amount equal to the interest payable, rounded up to the nearest $1,000, for the relevant interest period on the principal amount of such Note as of the relevant Record Date for such Interest Payment Date, to the
credit of the holders on such Record Date, pro rata in accordance with their interests, and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Note Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note,
by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, to reflect such increase. On any Interest Payment Date on which the Issuer pays PIK Interest or Partial PIK Interest by issuing definitive PIK Notes, the principal amount of any such PIK Notes issued to any
holder, for the relevant interest period as of the relevant Record Date for such Interest Payment Date, shall be rounded up to the nearest $1.00. 
 SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent. 
 (a) The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be
presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of
their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrars. The term “Paying Agent” includes the Paying Agent and any
additional paying agents. The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar, Paying Agent and the Notes Custodian with respect to the Global Notes. 
  

 -40- 

 (b) The Issuer may enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar or Paying Agent not a
party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such
agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Issuer or any of its domestically organized Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 (c) The Issuer may remove any Registrar or Paying Agent upon written notice to such
Registrar or Paying Agent and to the Trustee; provided, however, that no such removal shall become effective until (i) if applicable, acceptance of an appointment by a successor as evidenced by an appropriate agreement entered
into by the Issuer and such successor Registrar or Paying Agent, as the case may be, and delivered to the Trustee or (ii) notification to the Trustee that the Trustee shall serve as Registrar or Paying Agent until the appointment of a successor
in accordance with clause (i) above. The Registrar or Paying Agent may resign at any time upon written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee; provided, however, that the Trustee may resign as Paying Agent or Registrar only if the
Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance with Section 7.08. 
 SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. Prior to
each due date of the principal of and interest on any Note, the Issuer shall deposit with each Paying Agent (or if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled
thereto) a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that a Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of holders or the
Trustee all money held by a Paying Agent for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. If the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer acts
as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to
account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, a Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. 
 SECTION 2.06. Holder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of
the names and addresses of holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, to the Trustee, in writing at least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as
the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of holders. 
 SECTION 2.07. Transfer and Exchange. The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for registration of transfer and in compliance with Appendix A. When
a Note is presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements therefor are met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to exchange them for an
equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate Notes at the Registrar’s request. The Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section. The Issuer shall
not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register, transfers or exchanges of Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of Notes to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or of any Notes for a period of 15
days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
  

 -41- 

 Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Note Guarantors,
the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest, if any, on such Note and for all
other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, any Note Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 Any holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such beneficial interest, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in
such Global Note may be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the holder of such Global Note (or its agent) or (b) any holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that ownership of a beneficial interest
in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. 
 All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the
terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 SECTION 2.08. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the holder of a Note claims that the Note has been
lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the holder (a) satisfies the Issuer or
the Trustee within a reasonable time after such holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer or the
Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If
required by the Trustee or the Issuer, such holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss or liability that any of
them may suffer if a Note is replaced and subsequently presented or claimed for payment. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge the holder for their expenses in replacing a Note (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements in
replacing such Note). In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof.

 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer. 
 The provisions of this Section 2.08 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the
replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes. 
 SECTION 2.09. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding
at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Subject to Section 13.06, a Note does not cease to be
outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note. 
  

 -42- 

 If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for
replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Issuer receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a protected purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and
replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.08. 
 If a Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on
a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and no Paying Agent is prohibited from paying
such money to the holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue. 
 SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes. In the event that Definitive Notes are to be issued under the terms of this Indenture, until such Definitive Notes
are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary
Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and make them available for delivery in exchange for temporary Notes upon surrender of such temporary Notes at the office or agency of
the Issuer, without charge to the holder. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as Definitive Notes. 
 SECTION 2.11. Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and each Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for
registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and shall dispose of canceled Notes in accordance with its customary
procedures. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee shall not authenticate Notes in place of canceled Notes other than pursuant to the terms of this
Indenture. 
 SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest. If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Issuer shall pay the
defaulted interest then borne by the Notes (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Issuer may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are holders on a subsequent special record date. The Issuer
shall fix or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each affected holder a notice that states the special record date, the
payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. 
 SECTION 2.13. CUSIP Numbers, ISINs, Etc. The Issuer in issuing the
Notes may use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to holders;
provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers, either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption that reliance may be placed only on
the other identification numbers printed on the Notes and that any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuer shall advise the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers, ISINs and “Common
Code” numbers. 
 SECTION 2.14. Calculation of Principal Amount of Notes. The aggregate principal amount of the Notes, at any
date of determination, shall be the principal amount of the Notes at such date of determination. With respect to any matter requiring consent, waiver, approval or other action of the 

  

 -43- 

 
holders of a specified percentage of the principal amount of all the Notes, such percentage shall be calculated, on the relevant date of determination, by
dividing (a) the principal amount, as of such date of determination, of Notes, the holders of which have so consented, by (b) the aggregate principal amount, as of such date of determination, of the Notes then outstanding, in each case, as
determined in accordance with the preceding sentence, Section 2.09 and Section 13.06 of this Indenture. Any such calculation made pursuant to this Section 2.14 shall be made by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to an
Officers’ Certificate. 
 SECTION 2.15. Mandatory Disposition Pursuant to Gaming Laws. Each person that holds or acquires
beneficial ownership of any of the Notes shall be deemed to have agreed, by accepting such Notes, that if any Gaming Authority requires such person to be approved, licensed, qualified or found suitable under applicable Gaming Laws, such holder or
beneficial owner, as the case may be, shall apply for a license, qualification or finding of suitability within the required time period. 
 If a person required to apply or become licensed or qualified or be found suitable fails to do so (a “Disqualified Holder”), the Issuer shall have the right, at its election, (1) to require such person to dispose of its Notes
or beneficial interest therein within 30 days of receipt of notice of such election or such earlier date as may be required by such Gaming Authority or (2) to redeem such Notes at a redemption price that, unless otherwise directed by such
Gaming Authority, shall be at a redemption price that is equal to the lesser of: 
 (a) such person’s cost, or

 (b) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the earlier of (i) the
redemption date or (ii) the date such person became a Disqualified Holder. 
 The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and applicable Gaming
Authority in writing of any such redemption as soon as practicable. The Issuer shall not be responsible for any costs or expenses any such holder may Incur in connection with its application for a license, qualification or finding of suitability.

 ARTICLE 3 
 REDEMPTION 
 SECTION 3.01. Redemption. The Notes may be redeemed, in whole, or from time to time in part, subject to
the conditions and at the redemption prices set forth in Paragraph 5 of the forms of Note set forth in Exhibits A-1 and A-2 and Exhibits B-1 and B-2 hereto, which are hereby incorporated by reference and made a part of this Indenture, together with
accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date. 
 SECTION 3.02. Applicability of Article. Redemption of Notes at the election of
the Issuer or otherwise, as permitted or required by any provision of this Indenture, shall be made in accordance with such provision and this Article. 
 SECTION 3.03. Notices to Trustee. If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Paragraph 5 of the Note, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of (i) the Section
of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price. The Issuer shall give notice to the Trustee provided for in
this paragraph at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption 

  

 -44- 

 
date if the redemption is pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the Note, unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee. Such notice shall be accompanied by an
Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel from the Issuer to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein, as well as such notice required to be delivered under Section 3.05 below. If fewer than all the Notes
are to be redeemed, the record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Issuer and given to the Trustee, which record date shall be not fewer than 15 days after the date of notice to the Trustee. Any such notice may be canceled at
any time prior to notice of such redemption being mailed to any holder and shall thereby be void and of no effect. 
 SECTION 3.04.
Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis to the extent practicable; provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall
be redeemed in part. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $2,000. Notes and
portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The Trustee shall
notify the Issuer promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to be redeemed. 
 SECTION 3.05. Notice of Optional Redemption.

 (a) At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the Note, the Issuer shall mail or cause
to be mailed by first-class mail a notice of redemption to each holder whose Notes are to be redeemed. 
 Any such notice shall identify the
Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 
 (i) the redemption date; 
 (ii) the redemption price and the amount of accrued interest to the redemption date; 
 (iii) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 
 (iv) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price, plus accrued interest;

 (v) if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the certificate numbers and principal amounts of the
particular Notes to be redeemed, the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption; 
 (vi) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment
pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (vii) the CUSIP number, ISIN and/or “Common Code” number, if any, printed on the Notes being redeemed; and 
  

 -45- 

 (viii) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP
number or ISIN and/or “Common Code” number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 (b) At the Issuer’s
request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense. In such event, the Issuer shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section at least one Business Day prior to
the date such notice is to be provided to holders in the final form such notice is to be delivered to holders and such notice may not be canceled. 
 SECTION 3.06. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.05, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in
the notice, except as provided in the final sentence of paragraph 5 of the Notes. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest, to, but not including, the redemption
date; provided, however, that if the redemption date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the interest payment date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant
record date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other holder. 
 SECTION 3.07. Deposit of Redemption Price. With respect to any Notes, prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the redemption date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is
the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that
have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. On and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption so long as the Issuer has deposited with the Paying Agent funds
sufficient to pay the principal of, plus accrued and unpaid interest on, the Notes to be redeemed, unless the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 3.08. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate for the holder (at the Issuer’s expense) a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
 ARTICLE 4 
 COVENANTS 
 SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes. The Issuer shall promptly pay the principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes and in this Indenture. An installment of principal
of or interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds as of 12:00 p.m. Eastern time money sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case
may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. 
 The Issuer shall pay
interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate borne by the Notes to the extent lawful. 
  

 -46- 

 SECTION 4.02. Reports and Other Information. 
 (a) Notwithstanding that the Issuer may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act or otherwise report
on an annual and quarterly basis on forms provided for such annual and quarterly reporting pursuant to rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, the Issuer shall file with the SEC (and provide the Trustee and holders with copies thereof, without
cost to each holder, within 15 days after it files them with the SEC), 
 (i) within the time period specified in the
SEC’s rules and regulations for non-accelerated filers, annual reports on Form 10-K (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form),

 (ii) within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations for non-accelerated filers, reports on Form
10-Q (or any successor or comparable form) containing the information required to be contained therein (or required in such successor or comparable form), 
 (iii) promptly from time to time after the occurrence of an event required to be therein reported (and in any event within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations), such other reports on Form
8-K (or any successor or comparable form), and 
 (iv) any other information, documents and other reports which the Issuer
would be required to file with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; 
 provided, however, that the
Issuer shall not be so obligated to file such reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filing, in which event the Issuer will make available such information to prospective purchasers of Notes in addition to providing such information to
the Trustee and the holders, in each case within 15 days after the time the Issuer would be required to file such information with the SEC if it were subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, subject, in the case of any such
information, certificates or reports provided prior to the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the Offering
Memorandum. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer shall not be required to furnish any information, certificates or reports required
by Items 307 or 308 of Regulation S-K prior to the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement. 
 (b) In the event that: 
 (i) the rules and regulations of the SEC permit the Issuer and any direct or indirect
parent of the Issuer to report at such parent entity’s level on a consolidated basis and such parent entity is not engaged in any business in any material respect other than incidental to its ownership, directly or indirectly, of the capital
stock of the Issuer, or 
 (ii) any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer is or becomes a Note Guarantor of the Notes,

 consolidating reporting at the parent entity’s level in a manner consistent with that described in this Section 4.02 and furnishing financial
information relating to such direct or indirect parent for the Issuer will satisfy this Section 4.02; provided that such financial information is accompanied by consolidating information 

  

 -47- 

 
that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such direct or indirect parent and any of its Subsidiaries other than
the Issuer and its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Issuer, the Note Guarantors and the other Subsidiaries of the Issuer on a standalone basis, on the other hand. 
 (c) The Issuer will make such information available to prospective investors upon request. In addition, the Issuer has agreed that, for so long as any
Notes remain outstanding during any period when it is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or otherwise permitted to furnish the SEC with certain information pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) of the Exchange Act, it will furnish to
the holders of the Notes and to prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer will be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to above to the Trustee and the holders if the Issuer has filed such reports with the SEC via the EDGAR filing system
and such reports are publicly available. In addition, the requirements of this Section 4.02 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement relating to the Notes or the
effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement by (1) the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and/or Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the provisions of such Registration Rights Agreement, and any
amendments thereto, if such registration statement and/or amendments thereto are filed at times that otherwise satisfy the time requirements set forth in Section 4.02(a) and/or (2) the posting of reports that would be required to be
provided to the Trustee and the holders on the Issuer’s website (or that of any of its parent companies). 
 SECTION 4.03. Limitation
on Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock. 
 (a) (i) The Issuer shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue any shares of Disqualified Stock; and (ii) the Issuer shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(other than a Note Guarantor) to issue any shares of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that the Issuer and any Note Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and,
subject to Section 4.03(c), any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is not a Note Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), issue shares of Disqualified Stock or issue shares of Preferred Stock, in each case if
the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date on which such additional Indebtedness is Incurred or such
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is issued would have been at least 2.00 to 1.00 determined on a pro forma basis (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been Incurred, or the
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, and the application of proceeds therefrom had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period. 
 (b) The limitations set forth in Section 4.03(a) shall not apply to: 
 (i) the Incurrence by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement and the issuance and creation
of letters of credit and bankers’ acceptances thereunder up to an aggregate principal amount of $11,000 million; 
  

 -48- 

 (ii) the Incurrence by the Issuer and the Note Guarantors of Indebtedness represented by
the Notes (not including any Additional Notes, but including any PIK Notes issued as interest from time to time) and the Note Guarantees (including Exchange Notes and related guarantees thereof) and any loans under the Senior Interim Loan Facility
(including any PIK interest thereon) outstanding on the Issue Date (other than any loans repaid with the proceeds of the Notes on the Issue Date); 
 (iii) Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 4.03(b)); 
 (iv) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) Incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, Disqualified
Stock issued by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and Preferred Stock issued by any Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer to finance (whether prior to or within 270 days after) the acquisition, lease, construction, repair, replacement
or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets); 
 (v) Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to
letters of credit and bank guarantees issued in the ordinary course of business, including without limitation letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other benefits to employees or former employees or
their families or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, and letters of credit in connection with the maintenance of, or pursuant to the requirements of, environmental or other permits or licenses from governmental authorities,
or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; 
 (vi)
Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred in connection with the Transactions or any other acquisition or
disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary of the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, other than guarantees of Indebtedness Incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Subsidiary for
the purpose of financing such acquisition; 
 (vii) Indebtedness of the Issuer to a Restricted Subsidiary; provided
that (except in respect of intercompany current liabilities Incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the cash management operations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries) any such Indebtedness owed to a Restricted Subsidiary that
is not a Note Guarantor is subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any such
Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be
deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (vii); 
 (viii) shares of
Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary issued to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary that holds
such shares of Preferred Stock of another Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such shares of Preferred Stock (except to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in
each case, to be an issuance of shares of Preferred Stock not permitted by this clause (viii); 
  

 -49- 

 (ix) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or another Restricted
Subsidiary; provided that if a Note Guarantor Incurs such Indebtedness to a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor (except in respect of intercompany current liabilities Incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection
with the cash management operations of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries), such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Note Guarantee of such Note Guarantor; provided, further, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of
any Capital Stock or any other event which results in any Restricted Subsidiary holding such Indebtedness ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of any such Indebtedness (except to the Issuer or another Restricted
Subsidiary or any pledge of such Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Lien) shall be deemed, in each case, to be an Incurrence of such Indebtedness not permitted by this clause (ix); 
 (x) (A) Hedging Obligations entered into in connection with the Transactions and (B) Hedging Obligations that are not Incurred for
speculative purposes but (1) for the purpose of fixing or hedging interest rate risk with respect to any Indebtedness that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be outstanding; (2) for the purpose of fixing or hedging currency
exchange rate risk with respect to any currency exchanges; or (3) for the purpose of fixing or hedging commodity price risk with respect to any commodity purchases or sales; 
 (xi) obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees) in respect of performance,
bid, appeal and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice or industry practice; 
 (xii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or, subject to Section 4.03(c), Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference which, when aggregated with the principal amount or liquidation preference of all other Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to this clause (xii), does not exceed the greater of $1,100 million and 5.0% of Total Assets at the time of Incurrence (it being understood that any Indebtedness
Incurred pursuant to this clause (xii) shall cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xii) but shall be deemed Incurred for purposes of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which the Issuer,
or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have Incurred such Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xii)); 
 (xiii) Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer and Preferred Stock of any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate principal amount or liquidation preference not greater than 200.0% of the net cash proceeds received by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries since immediately after the
Issue Date from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent entity of the Issuer (which proceeds are contributed to the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary) or cash contributed to the capital of the Issuer
(in each case other than proceeds of Disqualified Stock or sales of Equity Interests to, or contributions received from, the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries) as determined in accordance with clauses (B) and (C) of the definition of
“Cumulative Credit” to the extent such net cash proceeds or cash has not been applied pursuant to such 

  

 -50- 

 
clauses to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 4.04(b) or to make Permitted Investments
(other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (1) and (3) of the definition thereof); 
 (xiv) any
guarantee by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as the Incurrence of such Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or such Restricted
Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of this Indenture; provided that (i) if such Indebtedness is by its express terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or the Note Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable,
any such guarantee of such Note Guarantor with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Note Guarantor’s Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes substantially to the same extent as such Indebtedness is
subordinated to the Notes or the Note Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable and (ii) if such guarantee is of Indebtedness of the Issuer, such guarantee is Incurred in accordance with Section 4.11 solely to the extent such
Section is applicable; 
 (xv) the Incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer which serves to refund, refinance or defease any Indebtedness Incurred or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued as permitted under Section 4.03(a) and clauses
(ii), (iii), (iv), (xii), (xiii), (xv), (xvi), (xx) and (xxiv) of this Section 4.03(b) or any Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to so refund or refinance such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock, including any additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock Incurred to pay premiums (including tender premiums), expenses, defeasance costs and fees in connection therewith (subject to the following proviso,
“Refinancing Indebtedness”) prior to its respective maturity; provided, however, that such Refinancing Indebtedness: 
 (1) has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred which is not less than the shorter of (x) the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock being refunded, refinanced or defeased and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal on the Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock being refunded
or refinanced that were due on or after the date that is one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date; 
 (2) to the extent such Refinancing Indebtedness refinances (a) Indebtedness junior to the Notes or the Note Guarantee of such
Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such Refinancing Indebtedness is junior to the Notes or the Note Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, or (b) Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, such Refinancing Indebtedness is
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock; and 
 (3) shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Issuer that is not a Note Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Note Guarantor, or (y) Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 provided, further, that subclause (1) of this clause (xv) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any Secured
Indebtedness and subclauses (1) and (2) of this clause (xv) will not apply to any refunding or refinancing of any of the Retained Notes; 
  

 -51- 

 (xvi) Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of (x) the Issuer or,
subject to Section 4.03(b), any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred to finance an acquisition or (y) Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided that after giving effect to such acquisition or merger, consolidation or amalgamation, either: 
 (1) the Issuer would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set
forth in Section 4.03(a); or 
 (2) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Issuer would be greater than immediately prior
to such acquisition or merger, consolidation or amalgamation; 
 (xvii) Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a
Qualified Receivables Financing that is not recourse to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than a Receivables Subsidiary (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings); 
 (xviii) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn
against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its Incurrence; 
 (xix) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary supported by a letter of credit or bank guarantee issued pursuant to the
Credit Agreement, in a principal amount not in excess of the stated amount of such letter of credit; 
 (xx) Indebtedness of
Foreign Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (xx), when aggregated with the principal amount of all other Indebtedness then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to
this clause (xx), does not exceed the greater of $250.0 million and 7.5% of Total Assets of the Foreign Subsidiaries at any one time outstanding (it being understood that any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (xx) shall
cease to be deemed Incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xx) but shall be deemed Incurred for the purposes of Section 4.03(a) from and after the first date on which such Foreign Subsidiary could have Incurred such
Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a) without reliance upon this clause (xx)); 
 (xxi) Indebtedness of the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (1) the financing of insurance premiums or (2) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xxii) Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness issued by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to current or former
officers, directors and employees thereof or any direct or indirect parent thereof, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses, in each case to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or
indirect parent companies to the extent described in Section 4.04(b)(iv); 
 (xxiii) Indebtedness Incurred in connection
with any Project Financing; 
  

 -52- 

 (xxiv) Indebtedness Incurred on behalf of, or representing guarantees of Indebtedness of,
joint ventures of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary not in excess, at any one time outstanding, of $300.0 million; and 
 (xxv) Indebtedness of any Persons that are acquired by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the Post-Closing
CMBS Transaction. 
 (c) Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Note Guarantors may not Incur Indebtedness or issue Disqualified Stock or
Preferred Stock under Section 4.03(a) or clause (xii), (xvi) or (xxiv) of Section 4.03(b) if, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or issuance (including a pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), the
aggregate amount of Indebtedness and Disqualified Stock and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Note Guarantors Incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.03(a) and clauses (xii), (xvi) and (xxiv) of
Section 4.03(b), collectively, would exceed the greater of $2,000 million and 5.0% of Total Assets. 
 (d) For purposes of determining
compliance with this Section 4.03: 
 (i) in the event that an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (xxv) above or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(a), the Issuer shall,
in its sole discretion, classify or reclassify, or later divide, classify or reclassify, such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.03; and

 (ii) at the time of Incurrence, the Issuer will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one
of the types of Indebtedness described in Section 4.03(a) and (b) without giving pro forma effect to the Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Section 4.03(b) when calculating the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to
Section 4.03(a). 
 Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, amortization of original issue discount, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the
exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock for purposes of this Section 4.03. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit relating to, Indebtedness
which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness; provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee
or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this Section 4.03. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with any
U.S. dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness, the U.S. dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the
date such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term debt, or first committed or first Incurred (whichever yields the lower U.S. dollar equivalent), in the case of revolving credit debt; provided that if such Indebtedness is Incurred to
refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable U.S. dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such
refinancing, such U.S. dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced. 

 

 -53- 

 (e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.03, the maximum amount of Indebtedness
that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall not be deemed to be exceeded, with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness, solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies. The
principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which
such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. 
 SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted
Payments. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 
 (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on account of the Issuer’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’
Equity Interests, including any payment made in connection with any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Issuer (other than (A) dividends or distributions by the Issuer payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Issuer; or (B) dividends or distributions by a Restricted Subsidiary so long as, in the case of any dividend or distribution payable on or in respect of any class or series of securities issued by a Restricted Subsidiary other
than a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary receives at least its pro rata share of such dividend or distribution in accordance with its Equity Interests in such class or series of securities); 
 (ii) purchase or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer;

 (iii) make any principal payment on, or redeem, repurchase, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, in each case
prior to any scheduled repayment or scheduled maturity, any Subordinated Indebtedness or Long-Term Retained Notes of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the payment, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or
retirement of (A) Subordinated Indebtedness or Long-Term Retained Notes in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such payment, redemption,
repurchase, defeasance, acquisition or retirement and (B) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (vii) and (ix) of Section 4.03(b)); or 
 (iv) make any Restricted Investment 
 (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (i) through
(iv) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of such Restricted Payment: 
 (1) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; 
 (2) immediately
after giving effect to such transaction on a pro forma basis, the Issuer could Incur $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 4.03(a); and 
  

 -54- 

 (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted
Payments made by the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date (including Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (i), (ii) (with respect to the payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock (as defined below) pursuant to
clause (C) thereof), (vi)(C), (viii), (xiii)(B) and (xx) of Section 4.04(b), but excluding all other Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04(b)), is less than the amount equal to the Cumulative Credit. 
 (b) The provisions of Section 4.04(a) shall not prohibit: 
 (i) the payment of any dividend or distribution within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such
payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (ii) (A) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other
acquisition of any Equity Interests (“Retired Capital Stock”) or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer, any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or any Note Guarantor in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of, the substantially
concurrent sale of, Equity Interests of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or contributions to the equity capital of the Issuer (other than any Disqualified Stock or any Equity Interests sold to a Subsidiary of the Issuer)
(collectively, including any such contributions, “Refunding Capital Stock”), 
 (B) the declaration and payment of
dividends on the Retired Capital Stock out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Issuer) of Refunding Capital Stock, and 
 (C) if immediately prior to the retirement of Retired Capital Stock, the declaration and payment of dividends thereon was permitted under
clause (vi) of this Section 4.04(b) and not made pursuant to clause (ii)(B), the declaration and payment of dividends on the Refunding Capital Stock (other than Refunding Capital Stock the proceeds of which were used to redeem, repurchase,
retire or otherwise acquire any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer) in an aggregate amount per year no greater than the aggregate amount of dividends per annum that were declarable and payable on such Retired Capital
Stock immediately prior to such retirement; 
 (iii) the redemption, repurchase, defeasance, or other acquisition or
retirement of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Note Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, new Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Note Guarantor which is Incurred in accordance with
Section 4.03 so long as 
 (A) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such new Indebtedness does not
exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable), plus any accrued and unpaid interest, of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value (plus the amount of any premium required
to be paid under the terms of the instrument governing the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired, any tender premiums, plus any defeasance costs, fees and expenses Incurred in connection therewith),

 (B) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or the related Note Guarantee, as the case may be, at least to the same
extent as such Subordinated Indebtedness so purchased, exchanged, redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired for value, 
  

 -55- 

 (C) such Indebtedness has a final scheduled maturity date equal to or later than the
earlier of (x) the final scheduled maturity date of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, acquired or retired and (y) 91 days following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding, and 
 (D) such Indebtedness has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time Incurred which is not less than the shorter of (x) the
remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Subordinated Indebtedness being so redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired and (y) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity that would result if all payments of principal on the
Subordinated Indebtedness being redeemed, repurchased, defeased, acquired or retired that were due on or after the date that is one year following the last maturity date of any Notes then outstanding were instead due on such date; 
 (iv) a Restricted Payment to pay for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition for value of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any
direct or indirect parent of the Issuer held by any future, present or former employee, director or consultant of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to any management equity plan or
stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or other agreement or arrangement; provided, however, that the aggregate Restricted Payments made under this clause (iv) do not exceed $50.0 million in any
calendar year (with unused amounts in any calendar year being permitted to be carried over to succeeding calendar years subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following proviso) of $100.0 million in any calendar year (which shall
increase to $150.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering of common stock); provided, further, however, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed:

 (A) the cash proceeds received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other
than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any direct or
indirect parent of the Issuer that occurs after the Issue Date (provided that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the amount available for Restricted
Payments under Section 4.04(a)(iii)), plus  
 (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received
by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer (to the extent contributed to the Issuer) or the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date, plus 
 (C) the amount of any cash bonuses otherwise payable to members of management, directors or consultants of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer in connection with the Transactions that are forgone in return for the receipt of Equity Interests; 
 provided that the Issuer may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in any calendar year; and provided, further, that
cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary from any present or former employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Issuer, any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or its direct or indirect parents in connection
with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Issuer or any of its direct or indirect parents will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 4.04 or any other provision of this Indenture; 
  

 -56- 

 (v) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or
series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued or Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition of “Fixed Charges”; 
 (vi) (A) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other
than Disqualified Stock) issued after the Issue Date; 
 (B) a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent of the
Issuer, the proceeds of which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer issued after the Issue Date;
provided that the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (B) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Issuer from any such sale of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Disqualified
Stock) issued after the Issue Date; and 
 (C) the declaration and payment of dividends on Refunding Capital Stock that is
Preferred Stock in excess of the dividends declarable and payable thereon pursuant to Section 4.04(b)(ii); 
 provided,
however, in the case of each of (A) and (C) above of this clause (vi), that for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance of
such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Issuer would have had a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00; 
 (vii) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken
together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (vii) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed $250.0 million at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time
made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); 
 (viii) the payment of dividends on the Issuer’s common
stock (or a Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to fund the payment by such direct or indirect parent of the Issuer of dividends on such entity’s common stock) of up to 6% per annum of the net proceeds
received by the Issuer from any public offering of common stock of the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer, other than public offerings with respect to the Issuer’s (or such direct or indirect parent’s) common stock
registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8 and other than any public sale constituting an Excluded Contribution; 
 (ix) Restricted
Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions; 
 (x) other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the
greater of $500.0 million and 2.5% of Total Assets at the time made; 
  

 -57- 

 (xi) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Capital Stock of, or
Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (xii) the payment
of dividends or other distributions to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer that files a consolidated tax return that includes the Issuer and its subsidiaries (including, without limitation, by virtue of such parent being the common parent of
a consolidated or combined tax group of which the Issuer and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries are members) in an amount not to exceed the amount that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would have been required to pay in respect of federal,
state or local taxes (as the case may be) if the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries paid such taxes as a stand-alone taxpayer (or stand-alone group); 
 (xiii) the payment of Restricted Payment, if applicable: 
 (A) in amounts required for any
direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to pay fees and expenses (including franchise or similar taxes) required to maintain its corporate existence, customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of,
officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer and general corporate operating and overhead expenses of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer in each case to the extent such fees and expenses are attributable to the
ownership or operation of the Issuer, if applicable, and its Subsidiaries; 
 (B) in amounts required for any direct or
indirect parent of the Issuer, if applicable, to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been contributed to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and that has been guaranteed by, or is otherwise
considered Indebtedness of, the Issuer Incurred in accordance with Section 4.03; and 
 (C) in amounts required for any
direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to pay fees and expenses, other than to Affiliates of the Issuer, related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering of such parent; 
 (xiv) any Restricted Payment used to fund the Transactions and the payment of fees and expenses Incurred in connection with the
Transactions or owed by the Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer or Restricted Subsidiaries of the Issuer to Affiliates, and any other payments made, including any such payments made to any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to
enable it to make payments, in connection with the consummation of the Transactions or as contemplated by the Acquisition Documents, whether payable on the Issue Date or thereafter, in each case to the extent permitted by Section 4.07;

 (xv) any Restricted Payment of Real Estate Assets that is made for the purpose of transferring such assets to a Real Estate
Subsidiary on the Issue Date; 
 (xvi) any Restricted Payment made under the Operations Management Agreement and any
Restricted Payment made in connection with the Post-Closing CMBS Transaction; 
 (xvii) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed
to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants; 
  

 -58- 

 (xviii) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation in
connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing and the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees; 
 (xix) Restricted
Payments by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to allow the payment of cash in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares upon the exercise of options or warrants or upon the conversion or exchange of Capital Stock of any such Person;

 (xx) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to
the provisions similar to those described under Sections 4.06 and 4.08; provided that all Notes tendered by holders of the Notes in connection with a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable, have been repurchased, redeemed
or acquired for value; 
 (xxi) payments or distributions to dissenting stockholders pursuant to applicable law, pursuant to
or in connection with a consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, that complies with Section 5.01; provided that as a result
of such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer of assets, the Issuer shall have made a Change of Control Offer (if required by this Indenture) and that all Notes tendered by holders in connection with such Change of Control Offer have been
repurchased, redeemed or acquired for value; 
 (xxii) payments made to repay, defease, discharge or otherwise refinance
Retained Notes or to service Retained Notes; and 
 (xxiii) Restricted Payments made in connection with the Incurrence of
Indebtedness under the revolving portion of the Credit Agreement for the account or benefit of the Subsidiaries of Harrah’s Entertainment other than the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries (including the distribution of the proceeds of any such
Indebtedness and with respect to the issuance of, or payments in respect of drawings under, letters of credit), in each case for general corporate purposes of such Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, for business acquisitions and project
development and, in the case of letters of credit, for the back-up or replacement of existing letters of credit) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250.0 million at any time outstanding, so long as such proceeds are not distributed to the
stockholders of Harrah’s Entertainment; 
 provided, however, that at the time of, and after giving effect to, any Restricted Payment
permitted under clauses (vi)(B), (vii), (x), (xi) and (xiii)(B) of this Section 4.04(b), no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof. 
 (c) As of the Issue Date, all of the Issuer’s Subsidiaries will be Restricted Subsidiaries. The Issuer will not permit any Unrestricted Subsidiary
to become a Restricted Subsidiary except pursuant to the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary.” For purposes of designating any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, all outstanding Investments by the Issuer and its
Restricted Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid) in the Subsidiary so designated will be deemed to be Restricted Payments in an amount determined as set forth in the last sentence of the definition of “Investments.” Such designation
will only be permitted if a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment in such amount would be permitted at such time and if such Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  

 -59- 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.04, the Issuer will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay any cash dividend or make any cash distribution on, or in respect of, the Issuer’s Capital Stock or purchase for cash or otherwise acquire for cash any Capital Stock of the Issuer or any direct
or indirect parent of the Issuer for the purpose of paying any cash dividend or making any cash distribution to, or acquiring Capital Stock of any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer for cash from, the Investors, or guarantee any Indebtedness of
any Affiliate of the Issuer for the purpose of paying such dividend, making such distribution or so acquiring such Capital Stock to or from the Investors, in each case by means of utilization of the cumulative Restricted Payment credit provided by
Section 4.04(a), or the exceptions provided by clause (i), (vii) or (x) of Section 4.04(b) or clause (9), (10), (15) or (20) of the definition of “Permitted Investments,” if (x) at the time and after
giving effect to such payment, the Consolidated Leverage Ratio of the Issuer would be greater than 7.25 to 1.00; (y) prior to or at the time of such payment the Issuer has made an election to pay PIK Interest and has not made a subsequent
payment of Cash Interest; or (z) such payment is not otherwise in compliance with this Section 4.04. 
 SECTION 4.05. Dividend
and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual
encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to: 
 (a) (i) pay dividends or make any
other distributions to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (1) on its Capital Stock; or (2) with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits; or (ii) pay any Indebtedness owed to the
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (b) make loans or advances to the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; or 
 (c) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; 
 except in each case for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
 (1) contractual encumbrances or restrictions in effect on the Issue Date, including pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Credit
Agreement Documents; 
 (2) this Indenture, the Notes (and any Exchange Notes and guarantees thereof); 
 (3) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order; 
 (4) any agreement or other instrument of a Person acquired by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary which was in existence at the time
of such acquisition (but not created in contemplation thereof or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the
properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person and its Subsidiaries, or the property or assets of the Person and its Subsidiaries, so acquired, and any agreement or other instrument existing on the date of the Post-Closing CMBS
Transaction with respect to properties and assets that are subject to the Post-Closing CMBS Transaction; 
 (5) contracts or
agreements for the sale of assets, including any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary; 

 

 -60- 

 (6) Secured Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Sections 4.03 and
4.12 that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets securing such Indebtedness; 
 (7) restrictions on cash or
other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (8)
customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (9) purchase money obligations for property acquired and Capitalized Lease Obligations in the ordinary course of business; 
 (10) customary provisions contained in leases, licenses and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business; 
 (11) any encumbrance or restriction of a Receivables Subsidiary effected in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; provided, however, that such restrictions apply only to such Receivables
Subsidiary; 
 (12) other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (a) of any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Issuer that is a Note Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary, (b) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor or a Foreign Subsidiary so long as such encumbrances and restrictions contained in any agreement or instrument will not
materially affect the Issuer’s ability to make anticipated principal or interest payments on the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) or (c) of any Restricted Subsidiary Incurred in connection with any Project Financing,
provided that in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock is permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.03; 
 (13) any Restricted Investment not prohibited by Section 4.04 and any Permitted Investment; or 
 (14) any encumbrances or restrictions of the type referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above imposed by any amendments,
modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (13) above; provided that such amendments,
modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Issuer, no more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those
contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing. 
 For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.05, (i) the priority of any Preferred Stock in receiving dividends or liquidating
distributions prior to dividends or liquidating distributions being paid on common stock shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make distributions on Capital Stock and (ii) the subordination of loans or advances made to the Issuer
or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to other Indebtedness Incurred by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be deemed a restriction on the ability to make loans or advances. 
  

 -61- 

 SECTION 4.06. Asset Sales. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, cause or make an Asset Sale, unless (x) the Issuer or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer) of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of, and (y) at
least 75% of the consideration therefor received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, is in the form of Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of: 
 (i) any liabilities (as shown on the Issuer’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the Notes thereto)
of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets, 
 (ii) any notes or other obligations or other securities or assets received by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer from
such transferee that are converted by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer into cash within 180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received), and 
 (iii) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an
aggregate Fair Market Value (as determined in good faith by the Issuer), taken together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of 5.0% of
Total Assets and $850.0 million at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to
subsequent changes in value) 
 shall be deemed to be Cash Equivalents for the purposes of this Section 4.06(a). 
 (b) Within 15 months after the Issuer’s or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer’s receipt of the Net Proceeds of any Asset Sale, the Issuer
or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer may apply the Net Proceeds from such Asset Sale, at its option: 
 (i) to repay
(A) Indebtedness constituting Bank Indebtedness and other Pari Passu Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien permitted under this Indenture (and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments
with respect thereto), (B) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Note Guarantor, (C) Obligations under the Notes or (D) other Pari Passu Indebtedness (provided that if the Issuer or any Note Guarantor shall so
reduce Obligations under unsecured Pari Passu Indebtedness, the Issuer will equally and ratably reduce Obligations under the Notes pursuant to Section 3.01 through open-market purchases (provided that such purchases are at or above 100%
of the principal amount thereof) or by making an offer (in accordance with the procedures set forth below for an Asset Sale Offer) to all holders to purchase at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest and Additional Interest, if any, the pro rata principal amount of Notes), in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer; or 
 (ii) to make an Investment in any one or more businesses (provided that if such Investment is in the form of the acquisition of Capital
Stock of a Person, such acquisition results in 

  

 -62- 

 
such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer), assets, or property or capital expenditures, in each case (a) used or useful in a Similar
Business or (b) that replace the properties and assets that are the subject of such Asset Sale. 
 In the case of
Section 4.06(b)(ii), a binding commitment shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Proceeds from the date of such commitment; provided that in the event such binding commitment is later canceled or terminated for any reason
before such Net Proceeds are so applied, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into another binding commitment (a “Second Commitment”) within six months of such cancellation or termination of the prior binding commitment;
provided, further that the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary may only enter into a Second Commitment under the foregoing provision one time with respect to each Asset Sale and to the extent such Second Commitment is later cancelled
or terminated for any reason before such Net Proceeds are applied, then such Net Proceeds shall constitute Excess Proceeds. 
 Pending the
final application of any such Net Proceeds, the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by
this Indenture. Any Net Proceeds from any Asset Sale that are not applied as provided and within the time period set forth in the first sentence of this Section 4.06(b) (it being understood that any portion of such Net Proceeds used to make an
offer to purchase Notes, as described in clause (i) of this Section 4.06(b), shall be deemed to have been invested whether or not such offer is accepted) will be deemed to constitute “Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount
of Excess Proceeds exceeds $200.0 million, the Issuer shall make an offer to all holders of Notes (and, at the option of the Issuer, to holders of any Pari Passu Indebtedness) (an “Asset Sale Offer”) to purchase the maximum principal
amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness), that is at least $2,000 and an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal
amount thereof (or, in the event such Pari Passu Indebtedness was issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any (or, in respect of such Pari
Passu Indebtedness, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness), to the date fixed for the closing of such offer, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 4.06. The Issuer
will commence an Asset Sale Offer with respect to Excess Proceeds within ten (10) Business Days after the date that Excess Proceeds exceed $200.0 million by mailing the notice required pursuant to the terms of Section 4.06(f), with a copy
to the Trustee. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Issuer may use any remaining Excess Proceeds for any purpose that is
not prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased in the manner
described in Section 4.06(e). Upon completion of any such Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero. 
 (c)
The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws or regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to an
Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have
breached its obligations described in this Indenture by virtue thereof. 
 (d) Not later than the date upon which written notice of an Asset
Sale Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate as to 

  

 -63- 

 
(i) the amount of the Excess Proceeds, (ii) the allocation of the Net Proceeds from the Asset Sales pursuant to which such Asset Sale Offer is being
made and (iii) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of Section 4.06(b). On such date, the Issuer shall also irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with a paying agent (or, if the Issuer or a Wholly Owned Restricted
Subsidiary is acting as the Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) an amount equal to the Excess Proceeds to be invested in Cash Equivalents, as directed in writing by the Issuer, and to be held for payment in accordance with the provisions of
this Section 4.06. Upon the expiration of the period for which the Asset Sale Offer remains open (the “Offer Period”), the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation the Notes or portions thereof that have been properly
tendered to and are to be accepted by the Issuer. The Trustee (or the Paying Agent, if not the Trustee) shall, on the date of purchase, mail or deliver payment to each tendering holder in the amount of the purchase price. In the event that the
Excess Proceeds delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee are greater than the purchase price of the Notes tendered, the Trustee shall deliver the excess to the Issuer immediately after the expiration of the Offer Period for application in accordance
with Section 4.06. 
 (e) Holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the Note, with an appropriate form
duly completed, to the Issuer at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Issuer receives not later than one Business Day
prior to the purchase date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered by the holder for purchase and a statement that such holder is withdrawing his
election to have such Note purchased. If at the end of the Offer Period more Notes (and such Pari Passu Indebtedness) are tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer than the Issuer is required to purchase, selection of such Notes for purchase shall be
made by the Trustee in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, or if such Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee
shall deem fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal requirements); provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be purchased in part. Selection of such Pari Passu Indebtedness shall be made pursuant to the
terms of such Pari Passu Indebtedness. 
 (f) Notices of an Asset Sale Offer shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least
30 but not more than 60 days before the purchase date to each holder of Notes at such holder’s registered address. If any Note is to be purchased in part only, any notice of purchase that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the
principal amount thereof that has been or is to be purchased. 
 SECTION 4.07. Transactions with Affiliates. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease,
transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee
with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Issuer (each of the foregoing, an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, unless: 
 (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Issuer or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than
those that could have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and 
 (ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $75.0 million, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee 

  

 -64- 

 
a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, approving such Affiliate Transaction and set forth in an
Officer’s Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) above. 
 (b) The provisions of
Section 4.07(a) shall not apply to the following: 
 (i) transactions between or among the Issuer and/or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (or an entity that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction) and any merger, consolidation or amalgamation of the Issuer and any direct parent of the Issuer; provided that such parent shall have
no material liabilities and no material assets other than cash, Cash Equivalents and the Capital Stock of the Issuer and such merger, consolidation or amalgamation is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and effected for a bona
fide business purpose; 
 (ii) Restricted Payments permitted by Section 4.04 and Permitted Investments; 
 (iii) (x) the entering into of any agreement (and any amendment or modification of any such agreement so long as, in the good faith
judgment of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, any such amendment is not disadvantageous to the holders when taken as a whole, as compared to such agreement as in effect on the Issue Date) to pay, and the payment of, management, consulting,
monitoring and advisory fees to the Sponsors in an aggregate amount in any fiscal year not to exceed the greater of (A) $30.0 million and (B) 1.0% of EBITDA of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the immediately preceding fiscal
year, plus out-of-pocket expense reimbursement; provided, however, that any payment not made in any fiscal year may be carried forward and paid in the following two fiscal years and (y) the payment of the present value of all
amounts payable pursuant to any agreement described in clause (iii)(x) of Section 4.07(b) in connection with the termination of such agreement; 
 (iv) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and reimbursement of expenses paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary,
any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; 
 (v) payments by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the
Sponsors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are
(x) made pursuant to the agreements with the Sponsors described in the Offering Memorandum or (y) approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith; 
 (vi) transactions in which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, delivers to the Trustee a letter from an
Independent Financial Advisor stating that such transaction is fair to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view or meets the requirements of clause (i) of Section 4.07(a); 
 (vii) payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to officers, directors, employees or consultants which are approved by a majority of
the Board of Directors of the Issuer in good faith; 
 (viii) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment
thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more 

  

 -65- 

 
disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date) or any transaction
contemplated thereby as determined in good faith by the Issuer; 
 (ix) the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, Acquisition Documents, any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue
Date, and any transaction, agreement or arrangement described in the Offering Memorandum and, in each case, any amendment thereto or similar transactions, agreements or arrangements which it may enter into thereafter; provided,
however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing transaction, agreement or arrangement or under any similar transaction,
agreement or arrangement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (ix) to the extent that the terms of any such existing transaction, agreement or arrangement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a
whole, or new transaction, agreement or arrangement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect than the original transaction, agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date; 
 (x) the execution of the Transactions and the Post-Closing CMBS Transaction, and the payment of all fees and expenses related to the
Transactions and the Post-Closing CMBS Transaction, including fees to the Sponsors, which are described in the Offering Memorandum or contemplated by the Acquisition Documents; 
 (xi) any transfer of Real Estate Assets to a Real Estate Subsidiary on the Issue Date, any transactions made pursuant to any Operations
Management Agreement and any transactions in connection with the use of the revolving credit facility under the Credit Agreement for the account or benefit of the Subsidiaries of Harrah’s Entertainment other than the Issuer and its Subsidiaries
(including the distribution of the proceeds of any such revolving credit Indebtedness and with respect to the issuance of, or payments in respect of drawings under, letters of credit); 
 (xii) (A) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, or transactions otherwise
relating to the purchase or sale of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, which are fair to the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the reasonable
determination of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Issuer, or are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party or (B) transactions with joint ventures or
Unrestricted Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or industry norm; 
 (xiii) any transaction effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Financing; 
 (xiv) the issuance of Equity
Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer to any Person; 
 (xv) the issuances of securities or other payments,
awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Issuer or any direct or
indirect parent of the Issuer or of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, as appropriate, in good faith; 
  

 -66- 

 (xvi) the entering into of any tax sharing agreement or arrangement that complies with
Section 4.04(b)(xii); 
 (xvii) any contribution to the capital of the Issuer; 
 (xviii) transactions permitted by, and complying with, Section 5.01; 
 (xix) transactions between the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and any Person, a director of which is also a director of the
Issuer or any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer; provided, however, that such director abstains from voting as a director of the Issuer or such direct or indirect parent, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other
Person; 
 (xx) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (xxi) the formation and maintenance of any consolidated group or subgroup for tax, accounting or cash pooling or management purposes in
the ordinary course of business; 
 (xxii) any employment agreements entered into by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; and 
 (xxiii) transactions undertaken in good faith (as certified by a
responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer in an Officer’s Certificate) for the purpose of improving the consolidated tax efficiency of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries and not for the purpose of circumventing any provision set
forth in this Indenture. 
 SECTION 4.08. Change of Control. 
 (a) Upon a Change of Control, each holder shall have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s Notes at a
purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date), in accordance with the terms contemplated in this Section 4.08; provided, however, that notwithstanding the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer shall not be obligated to purchase any
Notes pursuant to this Section 4.08 in the event that it has exercised its right to redeem such Notes in accordance with Article 3 of this Indenture. In the event that at the time of such Change of Control the terms of the Bank Indebtedness
restrict or prohibit the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.08, then prior to the mailing of the notice to the holders provided for in Section 4.08(b) but in any event within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer
shall (i) repay in full all Bank Indebtedness or, if doing so will allow the purchase of Notes, offer to repay in full all Bank Indebtedness and repay the Bank Indebtedness of each lender and/or noteholder who has accepted such offer, or
(ii) obtain the requisite consent under the agreements governing the Bank Indebtedness to permit the repurchase of the Notes as provided for in Section 4.08(b). 
 (b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, except to the extent that the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem the Notes in accordance with Article 3 of this Indenture, the Issuer shall mail a notice (a
“Change of Control Offer”) to each holder with a copy to the Trustee stating: 
 (i) that a Change of Control has
occurred and that such holder has the right to require the Issuer to repurchase such holder’s Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest, if any,
to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date); 
  

 -67- 

 (ii) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Change
of Control; 
 (iii) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such
notice is mailed); and 
 (iv) the instructions determined by the Issuer, consistent with this Section 4.08, that a
holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased. 
 (c) holders electing to have a Note purchased shall be required to surrender the
Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Issuer at the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the purchase date. The holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Issuer
receives not later than one Business Day prior to the purchase date a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered for purchase by the holder and a
statement that such holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased. holders whose Notes are purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered. 

(d) On the purchase date, all Notes purchased by the Issuer under this Section shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer
shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and unpaid interest to the holders entitled thereto. 
 (e) A Change of Control Offer may be made
in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon such Change of Control, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making of the Change of Control Offer. 
 (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, the Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control
if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in Section 4.08 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes
validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
 (g) Notes repurchased by the Issuer pursuant to a Change of Control
Offer will have the status of Notes issued but not outstanding or will be retired and canceled at the option of the Issuer. Notes purchased by a third party pursuant to the preceding clause (f) will have the status of Notes issued and
outstanding. 
 (h) At the time the Issuer delivers Notes to the Trustee which are to be accepted for purchase, the Issuer shall also deliver
an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes are to be accepted by the Issuer pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.08. A Note shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the Trustee,
directly or through an agent, mails or delivers payment therefor to the surrendering holder. 
  

 -68- 

 (i) Prior to any Change of Control Offer, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate stating that all conditions precedent contained herein to the right of the Issuer to make such offer have been complied with. 
 (j) The Issuer shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section. To the
extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.08, the Issuer shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations
under this Section by virtue thereof. 
 SECTION 4.09. Compliance Certificate. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee within 120 days
after the end of each fiscal year of the Issuer, beginning with the fiscal year end on March 31, 2007, an Officer’s Certificate stating that in the course of the performance by the signer of his or her duties as an Officer of the Issuer he
or she would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signer knows of any Default that occurred during such period. If he or she does, the certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking
or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Issuer also shall comply with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA. Except with respect to receipt of payments of principal and interest on the Notes and any Default or Event of Default information
contained in the Officer’s Certificate delivered to it pursuant to this Section 4.09, the Trustee shall have no duty to review, ascertain or confirm the Issuer’s compliance with or the breach of any representation, warranty or
covenant made in this Indenture. 
 SECTION 4.10. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Issuer shall execute
and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 4.11. Future Note Guarantors. The Issuer shall cause each Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary (unless such Subsidiary is a Receivables Subsidiary or a Domestic Subsidiary
that is wholly owned by one or more Foreign Subsidiaries and created to enhance the tax efficiency of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries) and that guarantees any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any of the Note Guarantors, to execute and deliver to the
Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit D pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and this Indenture and a joinder to the Intercreditor Agreement. 
 SECTION 4.12. Liens. The Issuer will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, Incur or
suffer to exist any Lien (except Permitted Liens) on any asset or property of the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary unless the Notes are equally and ratably secured with (or on a
senior basis to, in the case of obligations subordinated in right of payment to the Notes) the obligations so secured until such time as such obligations are no longer secured by a Lien. Any Lien which is granted to secure the Notes or such Note
Guarantee under this Section 4.12 shall be automatically released and discharged at the same time as the release of the Lien that gave rise to the obligation to secure the Notes or such Note Guarantee under this Section 4.12. 

SECTION 4.13. [Reserved]. 
  

 -69- 

 SECTION 4.14. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 (a) The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be
surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and
any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and
demands may be made or served at the corporate trust office of the Trustee as set forth in Section 13.02. 
 (b) The Issuer may also
from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such
designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency for such purposes. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change
in the location of any such other office or agency. 
 (c) The Issuer hereby designates the corporate trust office of the Trustee or its
agent as such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.04. 
 SECTION 4.15. Covenant Suspension. If on any
date following the Issue Date, (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, then, beginning on that day and continuing at all times
thereafter regardless of any subsequent changes in the rating of the Notes (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), and
subject to the provisions of the following paragraph, the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07 and 5.01(a)(iv) (collectively the “Suspended Covenants”). 
 If and while the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants, the Notes will be entitled to substantially less
covenant protection. In the event that the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture for any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and on any subsequent date (the “Reversion
Date”) one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraw their Investment Grade Rating or downgrade the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, then the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries will thereafter again be
subject to the Suspended Covenants under this Indenture with respect to future events. 
 On each Reversion Date, all Indebtedness Incurred,
or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock issued, during the Suspension Period will be classified as having been Incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.03(a) or 4.03(b) (to the extent such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
would be permitted to be Incurred or issued thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness Incurred or issued prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the Reversion Date). To the extent such Indebtedness or
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock would not be so permitted to be Incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.03 such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it
is classified as permitted under Section 4.03(b)(iii). Calculations made after the Reversion Date of the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 4.04 will be made as though Section 4.04 had been in effect
since the Issue Date and throughout the Suspension Period. Accordingly, Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will reduce the amount available to be made as Restricted Payments under Section 

  

 -70- 

 
4.04(a). As described above, however, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred on the Reversion Date as a result of any actions taken
by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries during the Suspension Period. 
 For purposes of Section 4.06, on the Reversion Date, the
unutilized Excess Proceeds amount will be reset to zero. 
 ARTICLE 5 
 SUCCESSOR COMPANY 
 SECTION 5.01. When Issuer May Merge or Transfer
Assets. 
 (a) The Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up or convert into
(whether or not the Issuer is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions, to any Person unless: 
 (i) the Issuer is the surviving person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation, merger, winding up or
conversion (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the
United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (the Issuer or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Issuer”); provided that in the case where the surviving Person
is not a corporation, a co-obligor of the Notes is a corporation; 
 (ii) the Successor Issuer (if other than the Issuer)
expressly assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to supplemental indentures or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 
 (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor
Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; 

(iv) immediately after giving pro forma effect to such transaction, as if such transaction had occurred at the beginning of the
applicable four-quarter period (and treating any Indebtedness which becomes an obligation of the Successor Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Issuer or such
Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), either 
 (A) the Successor Issuer would be permitted to Incur at
least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in Section 4.03(a); or 
 (B) the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Successor Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than such ratio for the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; 
  

 -71- 

 (v) if the Issuer is not the Successor Issuer, each Note Guarantor, unless it is the
other party to the transactions described above, shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Note Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes; and 
 (vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such
consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer and such supplemental indentures (if any) comply with this Indenture. 
 The Successor Issuer
(if other than the Issuer) will succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes, and in such event the Issuer will automatically be released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes.
Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (iii) and (iv) of this Section 5.01, (a) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Issuer or to another
Restricted Subsidiary, and (b) the Issuer may merge, consolidate or amalgamate with an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Issuer in another state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory
of the United States or may convert into a limited liability company, so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. This Article 5 will not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer,
conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 (b) Subject to the provisions of
Section 11.02(b) (which govern the release of a Note Guarantee upon the sale or disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer that is a Note Guarantor), no Subsidiary Note Guarantor shall, and the Issuer shall not permit any Subsidiary
Note Guarantor to, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not such Subsidiary Note Guarantor is the surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of
its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person (other than any such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition in connection with the Transactions or the Post-Closing CMBS Transaction described in the
Offering Memorandum) unless: 
 (i) either (A) such Subsidiary Note Guarantor is the surviving Person or the Person
formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger (if other than such Subsidiary Note Guarantor) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a corporation,
partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (such Subsidiary Note Guarantor or such Person, as the case may be, being
herein called the “Successor Note Guarantor”) and the Successor Subsidiary Note Guarantor (if other than such Subsidiary Note Guarantor) expressly assumes all the obligations of such Subsidiary Note Guarantor under this Indenture and such
Subsidiary Note Guarantors’ Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, or (b) such sale or disposition or consolidation, amalgamation or merger is
not in violation of Section 4.06; and 
 (ii) the Successor Subsidiary Note Guarantor (if other than such Subsidiary Note
Guarantor) shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply
with this Indenture. 
  

 -72- 

 Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the Successor Subsidiary Note Guarantor (if other than
such Subsidiary Note Guarantor) will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Subsidiary Note Guarantor under this Indenture and such Subsidiary Note Guarantor’s Note Guarantee, and such Subsidiary Note Guarantor will automatically be released
and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and such Subsidiary Note Guarantor’s Note Guarantee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Subsidiary Note Guarantor may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with an Affiliate
incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating such Subsidiary Note Guarantor in another state of the United States, the District of Columbia or any territory of the United States so long as the amount of Indebtedness of the Subsidiary Note
Guarantor is not increased thereby and (2) a Subsidiary Note Guarantor may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with another Subsidiary Note Guarantor or the Issuer. 
 In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Note Guarantor may consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of its properties or assets (collectively, a “Transfer”) to the Issuer or any Subsidiary Note Guarantor. 
 Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, Harrah’s Entertainment will not consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into (whether or not Harrah’s Entertainment is the surviving Person), or sell, assign,
transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to, any Person (other than any such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or disposition in connection
with the Transactions described in the Offering Memorandum) unless: 
 (1) either Harrah’s Entertainment or the Issuer
(provided that if the Issuer is to be the surviving Person, then such transaction shall comply with Section 5.01(a) or 5.01(b)) is the surviving Person or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, amalgamation or merger
(if other than Harrah’s Entertainment) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing under the laws of
the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia, or any territory thereof (Harrah’s Entertainment or such Person, as the case may be, being herein called the “Successor Parent Note Guarantor”) and the Successor Parent
Note Guarantor (if other than Harrah’s Entertainment) expressly assumes all the obligations of Harrah’s Entertainment under this Indenture and Harrah’s Entertainment’s Note Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other
documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; and 
 (2) the Successor Parent Note Guarantor (if
other than Harrah’s Entertainment) shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, amalgamation, merger or transfer and such
supplemental indenture (if any) comply with this Indenture. 
 Except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, the Successor Parent Note
Guarantor (if other than Harrah’s Entertainment) will succeed to, and be substituted for, Harrah’s Entertainment under this Indenture, Harrah’s Entertainment’s Note Guarantee, and Harrah’s Entertainment will automatically be
released and discharged from its obligations under this Indenture and such Note Guarantee. 
  

 -73- 

 ARTICLE 6 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. An “Event of Default”
occurs with respect to a series of Notes if: 
 (a) there is a default in any payment of interest (including any additional
interest) on any Note of such series when the same becomes due and payable, and such default continues for a period of 30 days, 
 (b) there is a default in the payment of principal or premium, if any, of any Note of such series when due at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise, 
 (c) the failure by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the
Notes of such series or this Indenture, 
 (d) the failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of
Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) to pay any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owing to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any
such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, in each case, if the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $150.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent (the “cross-acceleration provision”),

 (e) either the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 (i) commences a voluntary case; 
 (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; 
 (iii) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or 
 (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to
insolvency, 
 (f) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (i) is for relief against either the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer in an involuntary case; 
 (ii) appoints a Custodian of either the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer or for any substantial part of its property; or

 (iii) orders the winding up or liquidation of either the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary of the Issuer; 
  

 -74- 

 or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or decree remains unstayed and in
effect for 60 days, 
 (g) failure by the Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together
would constitute a Significant Subsidiary)to pay final judgments aggregating in excess of $150.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent (net of any amounts which are covered by enforceable insurance policies issued by solvent carriers), which
judgments are not discharged, waived or stayed for a period of 60 days (the “judgment default provision”), or 
 (h)
any Note Guarantee of the Parent Note Guarantor or a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) with respect to such series of Notes ceases to be in full force and effect (except as
contemplated by the terms thereof) or the Parent Note Guarantor or any Note Guarantor that qualifies as a Significant Subsidiary (or any group of Subsidiaries that together would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) denies or disaffirms its
obligations under this Indenture or any Note Guarantee with respect to such series of Notes and such Default continues for 10 days. 
 The
foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule
or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 
 The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any
similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 However, a default under clause (d) above shall not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of 30% in principal amount of
outstanding Notes of such series notify the Issuer of the default and the Issuer does not cure such default within the time specified in clause (d) hereof after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be
remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default.” The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within five (5) Business Days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any
event which is, or with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default, its status and what action the Issuer is taking or propose to take with respect thereto. 
 SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other than a Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of
the Issuer) occurs with respect to a series of Notes and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of outstanding Notes of such series by notice to the Issuer may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and
accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes of such series to be due and payable; provided, however, that so long as any Bank Indebtedness remains outstanding, no such acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of (1) five
Business Days after the giving of written notice to the Issuer and the Representative under the Credit Agreement and (2) the day on which any Bank Indebtedness is accelerated. Upon such a declaration, such principal and interest shall be due
and payable immediately. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(e) or (f) with respect to either of the Issuers occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes will become immediately due and payable
without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its
consequences. 
  

 -75- 

 In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(d) above, such Event of Default and
all consequences thereof (excluding, however, any resulting payment default) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the holders of the Notes, if within 20 days after such Event of Default
arose the Issuer delivers an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee stating that (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the
acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured, it being understood that in no event shall an acceleration of the principal
amount of the Notes as described above be annulled, waived or rescinded upon the happening of any such events. 
 SECTION 6.03. Other
Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the
Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of
them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No
remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. To the extent required by law, all available remedies are cumulative. 
 SECTION 6.04. Waiver of
Past Defaults. Provided the Notes are not then due and payable by reason of a declaration of acceleration, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes by written notice to the Trustee may waive an existing Default and its
consequences except (a) a Default in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Note, (b) a Default arising from the failure to redeem or purchase any Note when required pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or (c) a Default
in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the consent of each holder affected. When a Default is waived, it is deemed cured and the Issuer, the Trustee and the holders will be restored to their former positions
and rights under this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any consequent right. 
 SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. The holders of a majority in principal amount of each series of Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any
trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not
lawfully be taken or if the Trustee in good faith by its board of directors or trustees, executive committee, or a trust committee of directors or trustees and/or Responsible Officers shall determine that the action or proceeding so directed would
involve the Trustee in personal liability or expense for which it is not adequately indemnified, or subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee
in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

 SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 
 (a) Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless: 
  

 -76- 

 (i) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is
continuing, 
 (ii) holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series have
requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy, 
 (iii) such holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity
satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense, 
 (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request
within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity, and 
 (v) the holders of a majority
in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. 
 (b) A holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another holder. 
 SECTION 6.07. Rights of the holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any holder to receive
payment of principal of and interest on the Notes held by such holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed or provided for in the Notes, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not
be impaired or affected without the consent of such holder. 
 SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.01(a) or (b) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount then due and owing
(together with interest on overdue principal and (to the extent lawful) on any unpaid interest at the rate provided for in the Notes) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.07. 
 SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or
advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation, expenses disbursements and advances of the Trustee (including counsel, accountants, experts or such other professionals as the Trustee deems
necessary, advisable or appropriate)) and the holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer or any Note Guarantor, their creditors or their property, shall be entitled to participate as a member, voting or otherwise, of any
official committee of creditors appointed in such matters and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any
Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount
due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07. 
 SECTION 6.10. Priorities. Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this
Article 6 and any other money or property distributable in respect of the Issuer’s or Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture after an Event of Default shall be applied in the following order: 
 FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07; 
  

 -77- 

 SECOND: to the holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if
any, and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal and interest, respectively; and 
 THIRD: to the Issuer or, to the extent the Trustee collects any amount for any Note Guarantor, to such Note Guarantor. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to the holders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the
Trustee shall mail to each holder and the Issuer a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid. 
 SECTION
6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by
any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due
regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by holders of more than 10% in principal
amount of the Notes. 
 SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. Neither the Issuer nor any Note Guarantor (to the extent it
may lawfully do so) shall at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or
the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer and each Note Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power
herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 
 ARTICLE 7 
 TRUSTEE 
 SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default
with respect to the Notes and after the curing or waiving of all Events of Default which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture. If an Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such
person’s own affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
 (i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied
covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee (it being agreed that the permissive right of the Trustee to do things enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty); and 
  

 -78- 

 (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to
the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. The Trustee shall be under no duty to make any
investigation as to any statement contained in any such instance, but may accept the same as conclusive evidence of the truth and accuracy of such statement or the correctness of such opinions. However, in the case of certificates or opinions
required by any provision hereof to be provided to it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of
mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 
 (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action,
its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect
of paragraph (b) of this Section; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by
a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 
 (iii) the Trustee
shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05; and 
 (iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise Incur financial liability in
the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers. 
 (d) Every provision of this Indenture
that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section. 
 (e) The Trustee shall not be
liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. 
 (f) Money held in trust by the
Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
 (g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to
the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA. 
 SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely on any document believed by
it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good
faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be
responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
  

 -79- 

 (d) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith
which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence. 
 (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this
Indenture and the Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 (f) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond, debenture, note or other paper or document unless requested in writing to do so by the holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time
outstanding, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to
examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney, at the expense of the Issuer and shall Incur no liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 
 (g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of
the holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be Incurred by it in compliance with such request
or direction. 
 (h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its right to be
indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 
 (i) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith at the direction of the holders of not less than a
majority in principal amount of the Notes as to the time, method and place of conducting any proceedings for any remedy available to the Trustee or the exercising of any power conferred by this Indenture. 
 (j) Any action taken, or omitted to be taken, by the Trustee in good faith pursuant to this Indenture upon the request or authority or consent of any
person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is the holder of any Note shall be conclusive and binding upon future holders of Notes and upon Notes executed and delivered in exchange therefor or in place
thereof. 
 (k) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee
has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (l) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers
authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any Person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any Person specified as so authorized in any such
certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 
  

 -80- 

 (m) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage
of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of actions. 
 (n) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the trusts and powers under this Indenture. 

(o) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of
or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss
or malfunction of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; and acts of civil or military authorities and governmental action. 
 SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may
otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent or Registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11. 
 SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of
this Indenture, any Note Guarantee or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any statement of the Issuer or any Note Guarantor in this Indenture or in any
document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default under Sections 6.01(c), (d),
(e), (h), or (i) or of the identity of any Significant Subsidiary unless either (a) a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof or (b) the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof in accordance with
Section 13.02 hereof from the Issuer, any Note Guarantor or any holder. In accepting the trust hereby created, the Trustee acts solely as Trustee for the holders of the Notes and not in its individual capacity and all persons, including without
limitation the holders of Notes and the Issuer having any claim against the Trustee arising from this Indenture shall look only to the funds and accounts held by the Trustee hereunder for payment except as otherwise provided herein. 
 SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each
holder notice of the Default within the earlier of 90 days after it occurs or 30 days after it is actually known to a Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of,
premium (if any) or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the holders. The Issuer is required to
deliver to the Trustee, annually, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default that occurred during the previous year. The Issuer also is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof,
written notice of any event which would constitute certain Defaults, their status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof. 
 SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to the Holders. As promptly as practicable after each June 30 beginning with the June 30 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to June 30
in each year, the Trustee shall mail to each holder a brief report dated as of such June 30 that complies with Section 313(a) of the TIA if and to the extent required thereby. The Trustee shall also comply with Section 313(b) of the
TIA. 
  

 -81- 

 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the holders shall be filed with the SEC and each
stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are listed. The Issuer agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Notes become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof. 
 SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation, as the Issuer and the Trustee
shall from time to time agree in writing, for the Trustee’s acceptance of this Indenture and its services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer
shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses Incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Issuer and each Note Guarantor, jointly and severally shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense
(including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) Incurred by or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture or
Note Guarantee against the Issuer or a Note Guarantor (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against or investigating any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, any Note Guarantor, any holder or any other Person). The obligation to
pay such amounts shall survive the payment in full or defeasance of the Notes or the removal or resignation of the Trustee. The Trustee shall notify the Issuer of any claim for which it may seek indemnity promptly upon obtaining actual knowledge
thereof; provided, however, that any failure so to notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer or any Note Guarantor of its indemnity obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the indemnified party shall provide
reasonable cooperation at the Issuer’s expense in the defense. Such indemnified parties may have separate counsel and the Issuer and the Note Guarantors, as applicable shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel; provided,
however, that the Issuer shall not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes such indemnified parties’ defense and, in such indemnified parties’ reasonable judgment, there is no conflict of interest between the Issuer
and the Note Guarantors, as applicable, and such parties in connection with such defense. The Issuer needs not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense Incurred by an indemnified party through such party’s own
willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith. 
 To secure the Issuer’s and the Note Guarantors’ payment obligations in this
Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes. 
 The Issuer’s and the Note Guarantors’ payment obligations pursuant to this Section shall survive the satisfaction or discharge of this
Indenture, any rejection or termination of this Indenture under any bankruptcy law or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable law, when the Trustee Incurs expenses
after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Law. 
 No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise Incur any financial liability in the performance of
any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not assured to its satisfaction. 
  

 -82- 

 SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove the Trustee by so
notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Issuer shall remove the Trustee if: 
 (i) the Trustee fails to
comply with Section 7.10; 
 (ii) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent; 
 (iii) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
 (iv) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting. 
 (b) If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Issuer or by the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in
the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. 
 (c) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the
successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as
Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07. 
 (d) If a successor Trustee does not take office
within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the holders of 10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuer any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
successor Trustee. 
 (e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed as
provided in Section 310(b) of the TIA, any holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note for at least six months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 (f) Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 shall
continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with,
merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor
Trustee. 
 In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the
trusts created by this Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and
in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases
such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have. 
  

 -83- 

 SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the
requirements of Section 310(a) of the TIA. The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with Section 310(b) of
the TIA, subject to its right to apply for a stay of its duty to resign under the penultimate paragraph of Section 310(b) of the TIA; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of
the TIA any series of securities issued under this Indenture and any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such
exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met. 
 SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the
Issuer. The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA, excluding any creditor relationship listed in Section 311(b) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to
the extent indicated. 
 ARTICLE 8 
 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE 
 SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance. 
 (a) This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of
Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes when: 
 (i) either (a) all the Notes
theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter
repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (b) all of the Notes (1) have become due and payable, (2) will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year
or (3) if redeemable at the option of the Issuer, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the
Issuer, and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Issuer directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

 (ii) the Issuer and/or the Note Guarantors have paid all other sums payable under this Indenture; and 
 (iii) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions
precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 
  

 -84- 

 Subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02, the Issuer at any time may terminate (i) all of its
obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (with respect to the holders of the Notes) (“legal defeasance option”) or (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.11, 4.12 and 4.13 and the
operation of Section 5.01 and Sections 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(e), 6.01(f) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Issuer only), 6.01(g) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Issuer only), 6.01(h) and 6.01(i) (“covenant
defeasance option”). The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. In the event that the Issuer terminates all of its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture
(with respect to such Notes) by exercising its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, the obligations of each Note Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be terminated simultaneously with the termination of such obligations.

 If the Issuer exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of
Default. If the Issuer exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Notes so defeased may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(c), 6.01(d), 6.01(e), 6.01(f) (with respect to Significant
Subsidiaries of the Issuer only), 6.01(g) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries of the Issuer only), 6.01(h) or 6.01(i) or because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with Section 5.01. 
 Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those
obligations that the Issuer terminates. 
 (b) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections
2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 2.09, 7.07, 7.08 and in this Article 8 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Issuer’s obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

 SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance. 
 (a) The Issuer may exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if: 
 (i) the Issuer irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee cash in U.S. Dollars, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof in an amount sufficient or U.S. Government Obligations, the principal of and the interest on which will
be sufficient, or a combination thereof sufficient, to pay the principal of and premium (if any) and interest on the Notes when due at maturity or redemption, as the case may be, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date;

 (ii) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants
expressing their opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as
will be sufficient to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest when due on all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be; 
 (iii) 123 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 123-day period no Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) with respect to the Issuer occurs which is continuing at the end of the period;

  

 -85- 

 (iv) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the
Issuer and is not prohibited by Article 10; 
 (v) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered
to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (1) the Issuer have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (2) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable
Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance
and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by
the immediately preceding sentence with respect to a legal defeasance need not be delivered if all of the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable or (y) will become due and payable at
their Stated Maturity within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer; 
 (vi) impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such holder’s Notes on or
after the due dates therefore or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes; 
 (vii) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax
purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred; and 

(viii) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions
precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Notes to be so defeased and discharged as contemplated by this Article 8 have been complied with. 
 (b) Before or after a deposit, the Issuer may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of such Notes at a future date in accordance with Article 3. 
 SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations (including proceeds thereof)
deposited with it pursuant to this Article 8. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through each Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes
so discharged or defeased. Money and securities so held in trust are not subject to Article 10 or 12. 
 SECTION 8.04. Repayment to
Issuer. Each of the Trustee and each Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Issuer upon request any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in this Article which, in the written opinion of nationally recognized firm of
independent public accountants delivered to the Trustee (which delivery shall only be required if U.S. Government Obligations have been so deposited), are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an
equivalent discharge or defeasance in accordance with this Article. 
 Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and each
Paying Agent shall pay to the Issuer upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest 

  

 -86- 

 
that remains unclaimed for two years, and, thereafter, holders entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors, and the
Trustee and each Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 
 SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for U.S. Government
Obligations. The Issuer shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government
Obligations. 
 SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government
Obligations in accordance with this Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes so discharged or defeased shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or any Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such
money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8; provided, however, that, if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, or interest on, any such Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the
Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent. 
 ARTICLE 9 
 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS 
 SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of the Holders. 
 (a) The Issuer and the Trustee may amend this Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes without notice to or consent of any holder: 
 (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; 
 (ii) to provide for the
assumption by a Successor Issuer of the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes; 
 (iii) to provide for
the assumption by a Successor Note Guarantor of the obligations of a Note Guarantor under this Indenture and its Note Guarantee; 
 (iv) [reserved]; 
 (v) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;
provided, however, that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

 (vi) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Notes or the Intercreditor Agreement, to any provision
of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in the “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Note Guarantees, the Notes or
the Intercreditor Agreement; 
  

 -87- 

 (vii) to add a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes or to secure the Notes;

 (viii) to add to the covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the holders or to surrender any right or power herein
conferred upon the Issuer; 
 (ix) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with qualifying or maintaining the
qualification of, this Indenture under the TIA; 
 (x) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any
holder; or 
 (xi) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes or Additional Notes, which shall have terms substantially
identical in all material respects to the Initial Notes, and which shall be treated, together with any outstanding Initial Notes, as a single issue of securities; 
 provided that in the case of any amendment or supplement under clause (i), (ii), (iii), (vi), (vii), (viii) or (x) or, unless such change would be inapplicable to the Senior Interim Loan Facility as a
result of its status as a credit agreement, the Issuer shall provide an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee to the effect that the Issuer is concurrently making a corresponding change to the Senior Interim Loan Facility to the extent necessary
so that Holders of Notes and holders of loans under the Senior Interim Loan Facility are treated similarly. 
 (b) After an amendment under
this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment
under this Section 9.01. 
 SECTION 9.02. With Consent of the Holders. 
 (a) The Issuer and the Trustee may, with respect to each series of Notes, amend this Indenture or the Notes of such series with the written consent of the
holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes of such series and loans under the Senior Interim Loan Facility then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange for
the Notes). However, without the consent of each holder of an outstanding Note affected, an amendment may not: 
 (1) reduce
the amount of Notes whose holders must consent to an amendment, 
 (2) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of
interest on any Note, 
 (3) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note, 
 (4) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed in accordance with
Article 3, 
 (5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note, 
 (6) expressly subordinate the Notes or any Note Guarantee to any other Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Note Guarantor; 
  

 -88- 

 (7) impair the right of any holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any,
and interest on such holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such holder’s Notes, or 
 (8) make any change in the amendment provisions which require each holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions or 
 (9) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, modify or release the Note Guarantee of any Significant Subsidiary in any manner
adverse to the holders of the Notes. 
 In addition, without the consent of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of Notes and loans
under the Senior Interim Loan Facility then outstanding, an amendment, supplement or waiver may not 
 (1) modify any
provisions of this Indenture or Intercreditor Agreement dealing with the application of trust moneys in any manner materially adverse to the holders other than in accordance with this Indenture and the Intercreditor Agreement; or 
 (2) modify the Intercreditor Agreement in any manner materially adverse to the holders other than in accordance with this Indenture and
the Intercreditor Agreement. 
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the
particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment
under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all holders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an
amendment under this Section 9.02. 
 SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. From the date on which this Indenture is
qualified under the TIA, every amendment, waiver or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect. 
 SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. 
 (a) A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a holder of a
Note shall bind the holder and every subsequent holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such holder
or subsequent holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such holder’s Note or portion of the Note if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officers’ Certificate from the Issuer
certifying that the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every holder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the (i) receipt by the Issuer or the Trustee of
consents by the holders of the requisite principal amount of securities, (ii) satisfaction of conditions to effectiveness as set forth in this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto containing such amendment or waiver and
(iii) execution of such amendment or waiver (or supplemental indenture) by the Issuer and the Trustee. 
 (b) The Issuer may, but shall
not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the holders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed,
then notwithstanding the 

  

 -89- 

 
immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be
entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after
such record date. 
 SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a
Note, the Issuer may require the holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the holder. Alternatively, if the Issuer or the Trustee so
determines, the Issuer in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note shall not affect the validity of such
amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or
waiver authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment, the Trustee shall be
entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and shall be provided with, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment,
supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amendment, supplement or waiver is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer and the Note Guarantors, enforceable against them in accordance with its terms,
subject to customary exceptions, and complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03). 
 SECTION 9.07. Payment for
Consent. Neither the Issuer nor any Affiliate of the Issuer shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or
amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid to all holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such
consent, waiver or agreement. 
 SECTION 9.08. Additional Voting Terms; Calculation of Principal Amount. All Notes issued under this
Indenture shall vote and consent together on all matters (as to which any of such Notes may vote) as one class and no series of Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. Holders of loans under the Senior Interim
Loan Facility shall vote and consent together with the Holders of Notes under the Indenture on all matters as a single class. Determinations as to whether holders of the requisite aggregate principal amount of Notes and loans under the Senior
Interim Loan Facility have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent shall be made in accordance with this Article 9 and Section 2.14. 
  

 -90- 

 ARTICLE 10 
 [RESERVED] 
 ARTICLE 11 
 GUARANTEES 
 SECTION 11.01. Guarantees. 
 (a) Each Note Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees on a unsecured senior basis, as a primary obligor and not
merely as a surety, to each holder and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of all obligations of the Issuer under
this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Notes, whether for payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on in respect of the Notes and all other monetary obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes and
(ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Issuer whether for fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise under this Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter
collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Note Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from each such Note Guarantor, and that
each such Note Guarantor shall remain bound under this Article 11 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. 
 (b) Each Note Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Note Guarantor waives notice of any default under
the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Note Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer
or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (ii) any extension or renewal of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of
the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (iv) the release of any security held by any holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any Note Guarantor; (v) the failure of any holder or Trustee
to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (vi) any change in the ownership of such Note Guarantor, except as provided in Section 11.02(b). 
 (c) Each Note Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have its obligations hereunder divided among the Note Guarantors, such
that such Note Guarantor’s obligations would be less than the full amount claimed. Each Note Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to have the assets of the Issuer first be used and depleted as payment of the
Issuer’s or such Note Guarantor’s obligations hereunder prior to any amounts being claimed from or paid by such Note Guarantor hereunder. Each Note Guarantor hereby waives any right to which it may be entitled to require that the Issuer be
sued prior to an action being initiated against such Note Guarantor. 
 (d) Each Note Guarantor further agrees that its Note Guarantee herein
constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed
Obligations. 
  

 -91- 

 (e) The Note Guarantee of each Note Guarantor is, to the extent and in the manner set forth in Article
12, equal in right of payment to all existing and future Pari Passu Indebtedness, senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Issuer and subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in
full of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all Secured Indebtedness of the relevant Note Guarantor and is made subject to such provisions of this Indenture. 
 (f) Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01(b), 11.02 and 11.06, the obligations of each Note Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any
reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by
reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Note Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise
affected by the failure of any holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay,
willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Note Guarantor or would otherwise
operate as a discharge of any Note Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 
 (g) Each Note Guarantor agrees that its Note Guarantee shall
remain in full force and effect until payment in full of all the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Note Guarantor further agrees that its Note Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment,
or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise. 
 (h) In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any Note
Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or
comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, each Note Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of
(i) the unpaid principal amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by applicable law) and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the
Issuer to the holders and the Trustee. 
 (i) Each Note Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in
relation to the holders in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations and all obligations to which the Guaranteed Obligations are subordinated as provided in Article 12. Each Note
Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of
any Note Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such
Guaranteed Obligations as provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Note Guarantor for the purposes of this Section 11.01. 
  

 -92- 

 (j) Each Note Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys’ fees and expenses) Incurred by the Trustee or any holder in enforcing any rights under this Section 11.01. 
 (k) Upon
request of the Trustee, each Note Guarantor shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 11.02. Limitation on Liability. 
 (a) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Note Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby
guaranteed without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to such Note Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 (b) A Note Guarantee as to any Subsidiary Note Guarantor shall terminate and be of no further force or effect and such Note Guarantor shall be deemed to
be released from all obligations under this Article 11 upon: 
 (i) the sale, disposition, exchange or other transfer
(including through merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise) of the Capital Stock (including any sale, disposition or other transfer following which the applicable Subsidiary Note Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary), of the
applicable Subsidiary Note Guarantor if such sale, disposition, exchange or other transfer is made in a manner not in violation of this Indenture; 
 (ii) the sale, disposition, exchange or other transfer (including through merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise) of the Capital Stock of the applicable Subsidiary Note Guarantor in connection with the
Post-Closing CMBS Transaction; 
 (iii) the Issuer designating such Subsidiary Note Guarantor to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary
in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.04 and the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”; 
 (iv) the
release or discharge of the pledge by such Subsidiary Note Guarantor of the Credit Agreement or other Indebtedness or the guarantee of any other Indebtedness which resulted in the obligation to guarantee the Notes; and 
 (v) the Issuer’s exercise of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option under Article 8 or if the Issuer’s
obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
 A Subsidiary Note Guarantee also will be
automatically released upon the applicable Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary as a result of any foreclosure of any pledge or security interest securing Bank Indebtedness or other exercise of remedies in respect thereof. 
  

 -93- 

 (c) A Note Guarantee as to any Parent Note Guarantor shall terminate and be of no further force or effect
and such Note Guarantor shall be deemed to be released from all obligations under this Article 11 upon: 
 (i) the Issuer
ceasing to be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Harrah’s Entertainment; 
 (ii) the Issuer’s transfer of all or
substantially all of its assets to, or merger with, an entity that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Harrah’s Entertainment in accordance with Section 5.01 and such transferee entity assumes the Issuer’s obligations under this
Indenture; and 
 (iii) the Issuer’s exercise of its legal defeasance option or covenant defeasance option under Article
8 or if the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 
 In addition, the
Parent Note Guarantee will be automatically released upon the election of the Issuer and Notice to the Trustee if the guarantee by Harrah’s Entertainment of the Credit Agreement, the Retained Notes or any Indebtedness which resulted in the
obligation to guarantee the Notes has been released or discharged. 
 SECTION 11.03. Successors and Assigns. This Article 11 shall be
binding upon each Note Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any holder or the Trustee, the
rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 11.04. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the holders in exercising any right, power or
privilege under this Article 11 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the
holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 11 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. 
 SECTION 11.05. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 11, nor the consent to any departure by any
Note Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice
to or demand on any Note Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Note Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. 
 SECTION 11.06. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Note Guarantors. Each Subsidiary and other Person which is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.11 shall promptly execute and
deliver to the Trustee a joinder to the Intercreditor Agreement and a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary or other Person shall become a Guarantor under this Article 11 and shall guarantee the
Notes. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly
authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary or other Person and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to creditors’ rights 

  

 -94- 

 
generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Note Guarantee of such Note Guarantor is a valid and
binding obligation of such Note Guarantor, enforceable against such Note Guarantor in accordance with its terms and/or to such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request. 
 SECTION 11.07. Non-Impairment. The failure to endorse a Note Guarantee on any Note shall not affect or impair the validity thereof. 
 ARTICLE 12 
 [RESERVED]

 ARTICLE 13 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of this
Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision (an “incorporated provision”) included in this Indenture by operation of, Sections 310 to 318 of the TIA, inclusive, such imposed duties or
incorporated provision shall control. 
 SECTION 13.02. Notices. 
 (a) Any notice or communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and delivered in person, via facsimile or mailed by first-class mail
addressed as follows: 
 if to the Issuer or a Note Guarantor: 
 Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc. 
 One Caesar’s Palace Drive 
 Las Vegas, Nevada 89101-8969 
 Telephone: (702) 407-6000 
 Facsimile: (702) 407-6418 
 Attn: General Counsel 
 if to the Trustee: 
 U.S. Bank National Association 
 60 Livingston Avenue 
 St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-1419 
 Telephone: (651) 495-3909 
 Facsimile: (651) 495-8097 
 Attn: Corporate Trust Services, Raymond S. Haverstock 
 The Issuer or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 (b) Any notice or communication mailed to a holder shall be mailed, first class mail, to the holder at the holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given
if so mailed within the time prescribed. 
  

 -95- 

 (c) Failure to mail a notice or communication to a holder or any defect in it shall not affect its
sufficiency with respect to other holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it, except that notices to the Trustee are effective only if received.

 SECTION 13.03. Communication by the Holders with Other Holders. The holders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the
TIA with other holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and other Persons shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA. 
 SECTION 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take or refrain
from taking any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee: 
 (a) an
Officers’ Certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 (b) an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all
such conditions precedent have been complied with. 
 SECTION 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate
or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 4.09) shall include: 
 (a) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to
express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 
 (d) a statement as
to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with; provided, however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or
certificates of public officials. 
 SECTION 13.06. When Notes Disregarded. In determining whether the holders of the required
principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, any Note Guarantor or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the
Issuer or any Note Guarantor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes which the Trustee
knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination. 
  

 -96- 

 SECTION 13.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules
for action by or a meeting of the holders. The Registrar and a Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions. 
 SECTION 13.08.
Legal Holidays. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue on any amount that would have been otherwise payable on such payment date if it
were a Business Day for the intervening period. If a regular record date is not a Business Day, the record date shall not be affected. 
 SECTION 13.09. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. 
 SECTION 13.10. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, manager, incorporator or holder of any Equity Interests in the Issuer
or of any Note Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent corporation, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Note Guarantors under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by
reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 
 SECTION 13.11. Successors. All agreements of the Issuer and each Note Guarantor in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All
agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 
 SECTION 13.12. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any
number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture. 
 SECTION 13.13. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this
Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 SECTION 13.14. Indenture Controls. If and to the extent that any provision of the Notes limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of this
Indenture, such provision of this Indenture shall control. 
 SECTION 13.15. Severability. In case any provision in this Indenture
shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity,
illegality or unenforceability. 
 SECTION 13.16. Intercreditor Agreement. The terms of this Indenture are subject to the terms of the
Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2008, by and many Bank of America, N.A., U.S. Bank National Association, Citibank N.A., and other parties thereto from time to time. 
 [Remainder of page intentionally left blank] 
  

 -97- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first
above written. 
  

			
	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

	
	B I Gaming Corporation
	Bally’s Midwest Casino, Inc.
	Bally’s Operator, Inc.
	Bally’s Park Place, Inc.
	Bally’s Tunica, Inc.
	Benco, Inc.
	BL Development Corp.
	Boardwalk Regency Corporation
	Caesars Entertainment Golf, Inc.
	Caesars Entertainment Akwesasne Consulting Corp.
	Caesars Entertainment Canada Holding, Inc.
	Caesars Entertainment Finance Corp.
	Caesars Entertainment Retail, Inc.
	Caesars New Jersey, Inc.
	Caesars Palace Corporation
	Caesars Palace Realty Corp.
	Caesars Palace Sports Promotions, Inc.
	Caesars United Kingdom, Inc.
	Caesars World, Inc.
	Caesars World Marketing Corporation
	Caesars World Merchandising, Inc.
	California Clearing Corporation
	Casino Computer Programming, Inc.
	CEI-Sullivan County Development Company
	Consolidated Supplies, Services and Systems
	Dusty Corporation
	East Beach Development Corporation
	FHR Corporation
	Flamingo-Laughlin, Inc.
	GCA Acquisition Subsidiary, Inc.
	GNOC, Corp.
	Grand Casinos, Inc.
	Grand Media Buying, Inc.
	Harrah’s Alabama Corporation
	Harrah’s Arizona Corporation
	Harrah’s Illinois Corporation
	Harrah’s Interactive Investment Company
	Harrah’s Investments, Inc.
	Harrah’s Kansas Casino Corporation
	Harrah’s Management Company
	Harrah’s Marketing Services Corporation
	Harrah’s Maryland Heights Operating Company
	Harrah’s New Orleans Management Company
	Harrah’s Pittsburgh Management Company
	Harrah’s Reno Holding Company, Inc.
	Harrah’s Southwest Michigan Casino Corporation
	Harrah’s Travel, Inc.
	Harrah’s Tunica Corporation
	Harrah’s Vicksburg Corporation
	Harveys BR Management Company, Inc.
	Harveys C.C. Management Company, Inc.

			
	Harveys Iowa Management Company, Inc.
	HBR Realty Company, Inc.
	HCR Services Company, Inc.
	HEI Holding Company One, Inc.
	HEI Holding Company Two, Inc.
	LVH Corporation
	Martial Development Corporation
	Players Bluegrass Downs, Inc.
	Players Development, Inc.
	Players Resources, Inc.
	Players Services, Inc.
	Reno Projects, Inc.
	Rio Development Company, Inc.
	Robinson Property Group Corp.
	Roman Entertainment Corporation of Indiana
	Roman Holding Corporation of Indiana
	Sheraton Tunica Corporation
	Southern Illinois Riverboat/Casino Cruises, Inc.
	Tele/Info, Inc.
	Trigger Real Estate Corporation
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Charles L. Atwood

	Name:	 	Charles L. Atwood
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President or Vice President

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Desert Palace, Inc.
	Harrah’s Imperial Palace Corp.
	Harrah’s International Holding Company, Inc.
	Harrah’s Laughlin, Inc.
	Las Vegas Resort Development, Inc.
	Parball Corporation
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael D. Cohen

	Name:	 	Michael D. Cohen
	Title:	 	Secretary

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	190 Flamingo, LLC
	AJP Parent, LLC
	Chester Facility Holding Company, LLC
	Corner Investment Company, LLC
	DCH Exchange, LLC
	Desert Club, LLC
	Harrah’s Bossier City Management Company, LLC
	Harrah’s Chester Downs Investment Company, LLC
	Harrah’s Chester Downs Management Company, LLC
	Harrah’s License Company, LLC
	Harrah’s MH Project, LLC
	Harrah’s North Kansas City, LLC
	Harrah’s Operating Company Memphis, LLC
	Harrah’s Shreveport Investment Company, LLC
	Harrah’s Shreveport Management Company, LLC
	Harrah’s Shreveport/Bossier City Holding Company, LLC
	Harrah’s Sumner Investment Company, LLC
	Harrah’s Sumner Management Company, LLC
	Harrah’s West Warwick Gaming Company, LLC
	H-BAY, LLC
	HCAL, LLC
	HHLV Management Company, LLC
	Hole In The Wall, LLC
	Horseshoe Gaming Holding, LLC
	JCC Holding Company II LLC
	Koval Holdings Company, LLC
	Nevada Marketing, LLC
	Players International, LLC
	Reno Crossroads, LLC
	Roman Empire Development, LLC
	TRB Flamingo, LLC
	Winnick Parent, LLC
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member or Manager
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Las Vegas Golf Management, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael D. Cohen

	Name:	 	Michael D. Cohen
	Title:	 	Manager

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	AJP Holdings, LLC
		
	By:	 	AJP Parent, LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Biloxi Hammond, LLC
	Biloxi Village Walk Development, LLC
	Village Walk Construction, LLC
		
	By:	 	Grand Casinos of Biloxi, LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Grand Casinos, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Charles L. Atwood

	Name:	 	Charles L. Atwood
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President and Treasurer

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Harrah’s Maryland Heights LLC
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Maryland Heights Operating Company
		 	its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Charles L. Atwood

	Name:	 	Charles L. Atwood
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & Treasurer

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Harrah’s Shreveport/Bossier City Investment
Company, LLC
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Shreveport/Bossier City Holding Company, LLC
		 	its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Winnick Holdings, LLC
		
	By:	 	Winnick Parent, LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Bally’s Olympia Limited Partnership
		
	By:	 	Bally’s Operator, Inc.
		 	its General Partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Charles L. Atwood

	Name:	 	Charles L. Atwood
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & Treasurer

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Caesars Riverboat Casino, LLC
		
	By:	 	Roman Holding Corporation of Indiana
		 	its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Charles L. Atwood

	Name:	 	Charles L. Atwood
	Title:	 	 Senior Vice President & Treasurer
 As Agent of
Caesars Riverboat Casino, LLC

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Horseshoe GP, LLC
	Horseshoe Hammond, LLC
		
	By:	 	Horseshoe Gaming Holding, LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Harrah’s Bossier City Investment Company, L.L.C.
		
	By:	 	 Harrah’s Shreveport/Bossier City Investment
 Company, LLC

		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Horseshoe Shreveport, L.L.C.
		
	By:	 	Horseshoe Gaming Holding, LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Jazz Casino Company, LLC
	JCC Fulton Development, LLC
		
	By:	 	JCC Holding Company II LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

					
	Players Riverboat II, LLC
		
	By:	 	Players Riverboat Management, LLC
		 	its Member
			
		 	By:	 	Players Holding, LLC
		 		 	its Sole Member
			
		 	By:	 	Players International, LLC
		 		 	its Sole Member
			
		 	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel
		
	By:	 	Players Riverboat, LLC
		 	its Member
			
		 	By:	 	Players Holding, LLC
		 		 	its Sole Member
			
		 	By:	 	Players International, LLC
		 		 	its Sole Member
			
		 	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Horseshoe Entertainment
		
	By:	 	New Gaming Capital Partnership
		 	its General Partner
		
	By:	 	Horseshoe GP, LLC
		 	its General Partner
		
	By:	 	Horseshoe Gaming Holding, LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Grand Casinos of Biloxi, LLC
	Grand Casinos of Mississippi, LLC - Gulfport
		
	By:	 	Grand Casinos, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Charles L. Atwood

	Name:	 	Charles L. Atwood
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & Treasurer

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Caesars India Sponsor Company, LLC
		
	By:	 	California Clearing Corporation
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Charles L. Atwood

	Name:	 	Charles L. Atwood
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & Treasurer

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Koval Investment Company, LLC
		
	By:	 	Koval Holding Company, LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Players Holding, LLC
		
	By:	 	Players International, LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Players LC, LLC
	Players Maryland Heights Nevada, LLC
	Players Riverboat Management, LLC
	Players Riverboat, LLC
		
	By:	 	Players Holding, LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Players International, LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	New Gaming Capital Partnership
		
	By:	 	Horseshoe GP, LLC
		 	its General Partner
		
	By:	 	Horseshoe Gaming Holding, LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Atlantic City Country Club 1, LLC
		
	By:	 	Bally’s Park Place, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Charles L. Atwood

	Name:	 	Charles L. Atwood
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & Treasurer

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	Harrah’s NC Casino Company, LLC
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

			
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Raymond S. Haverstock

	Name:	 	Raymond S. Haverstock
	Title:	 	Vice President

  

 [Signature Page to Indenture] 

 APPENDIX A 
 PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL SECURITIES, ADDITIONAL SECURITIES 
 AND EXCHANGE SECURITIES

 1. Definitions. 
 1.1 Definitions. 
 For the purposes of this Appendix A the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

 “Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Definitive Note” means a certificated Initial Note or Exchange Note (bearing the Restricted Notes Legend if the transfer of such Note is
restricted by applicable law) that does not include the Global Notes Legend. 
 “Depository” means The Depository Trust Issuer, its
nominees and their respective successors. 
 “Global Notes Legend” means the legend set forth under that caption in the applicable
Exhibit to this Indenture. 
 “IAI” means an institutional “accredited investor” as described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2),
(3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 
 “Initial Purchasers” means Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Banc of America
Securities LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated, and such other initial purchasers party to the Purchase Agreement entered into in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes. 
 “Purchase Agreement” means (a) the Purchase Agreement dated January 25, 2008, among the Issuer and the Initial Purchasers and (b) any other similar Purchase Agreement relating to Additional
Notes. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 
 “Registered Exchange Offer” means the offer by the Issuer, pursuant to the Registration Agreement, to certain holders of Initial Notes, to
issue and deliver to such holders, in exchange for their Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means (a) the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 1, 2008 among the Issuer, the Note Guarantors and the representatives of the Initial Purchasers
relating to the Notes and (b) any other similar Registration Rights Agreement relating to Additional Notes. 
 “Regulation S”
means Regulation S under the Securities Act. 

 “Regulation S Notes” means all Initial Notes offered and sold outside the United States in
reliance on Regulation S. 
 “Restricted Period,” with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on
and including the later of (a) the day on which such Notes are first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by
the Issuer to the Trustee, and (b) the Issue Date, and with respect to any Additional Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes, it means the comparable period of 40 consecutive days. 
 “Restricted Notes Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.2(f)(i) herein. 
 “Rule 501” means Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 
 “Rule 144A Notes” means all Initial Notes offered and sold to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A. 
 “Notes Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depository) or any successor person thereto, who shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means a registration statement filed by the Issuer in connection with the offer and sale of Initial Notes
pursuant to the Registration Agreement. 
 “Transfer Restricted Notes” means Definitive Notes and any other Notes that bear or are
required to bear or are subject to the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means Definitive Notes and any
other Notes that are not required to bear, or are not subject to, the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 1.2 Other Definitions. 

 

			
	 Term:
	  	 Defined in Section:

	Agent Members	  	2.1(b)
	Global Notes	  	2.1(b)
	Regulation S Global Notes	  	2.1(b)
	Rule 144A Global Notes	  	2.1(b)
	Regulation S Permanent Global Note	  	2.1(b)
	Regulation S Temporary Global Note	  	2.1(b)

 2. The Notes. 
 2.1 Form and Dating; Global Notes. 
 (a) The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof will be (i) offered and sold by the Issuer pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and (ii) resold, initially only to (1) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A and (2) Persons other
than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S. Such Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S 

  

 Appendix A-2 

 
and, except as set forth below, IAIs in accordance with Rule 501. Additional Notes offered after the date hereof may be offered and sold by the Issuer from
time to time pursuant to one or more Purchase Agreements in accordance with applicable law. 
 (b) Global Notes. (i) Rule 144A
Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in definitive, fully registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”). 
 Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in fully registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the
“Regulation S Temporary Global Note” and, together with the Regulation S Permanent Global Note (defined below), the “Regulation S Global Notes”), which shall be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of the
Depository for the accounts of designated agents holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream. 
 The Restricted Period shall be terminated
upon the receipt by the Trustee of: (1) a written certificate from the Depository, together with copies of certificates from Euroclear and Clearstream certifying that they have received certification of non-United States beneficial ownership of
100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note (except to the extent of any beneficial owners thereof who acquired an interest therein during the Restricted Period pursuant to another exemption from registration
under the Securities Act and who shall take delivery of a beneficial ownership interest in a 144A Global Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, all as contemplated by this Appendix A); and (2) an Officers’ Certificate from the Issuer.

 Following the termination of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall be exchanged for
beneficial interests in a permanent Global Note (the “Regulation S Permanent Global Note”) pursuant to the applicable procedures of the Depository. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the
Trustee shall cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on
the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided. 
 The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer
Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream. 

The term “Global Notes” means the Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes. The Global Notes shall bear the Global Note
Legend. The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depository or the nominee of such Depository, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such
Depository and (iii) bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depository shall have
no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Notes. The Depository may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer
or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Notes for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of 

  

 Appendix A-3 

 
the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository, or impair, as between
the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of any Note. 
 (ii) Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfer in whole, but not in part, to the Depository, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for
Definitive Notes only in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository and the provisions of Section 2.2. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes if (x) the Depository (1) notifies
the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for such Global Note and the Issuer thereupon fails to appoint a successor depository or (2) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act or
(y) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Note; provided that in no event shall the Regulation S Temporary Global Note be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Notes prior to
(x) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (y) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903(b)(3)(ii)(B) under the Securities Act. In all cases, Definitive Notes delivered in exchange for any Global
Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depository in accordance with its customary procedures. 
 (iii) In connection with the transfer of a Global Note as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to subsection (i) of this Section 2.1(b),
such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depository in writing in
exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. 
 (iv) Any Transfer Restricted Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.2 shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.2, bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, through the Restricted Period, a beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note may be held only through
Euroclear or Clearstream unless delivery is made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 2.2. 
 (vi) The holder of any
Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 

2.2 Transfer and Exchange. 
 (a)
Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except as set forth in Section 2.1(b). Global Notes will not be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Notes except under the circumstances described
in Section in Section 2.1(b)(ii). Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.08 and 2.10 of this Indenture. Beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided
in Section 2.2(b) or 2.2(g). 
 (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of
beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. Beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall
be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Beneficial interests in Global Notes 

  

 Appendix A-4 

 
shall be transferred or exchanged only for beneficial interests in Global Notes. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also
shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable: 
 (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred
to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Restricted Notes Legend; provided, however, that prior to the
expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). A beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the
transfers described in this Section 2.2(b)(i). 
 (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in
Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests in any Global Note that is not subject to Section 2.2(b)(i), the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar (1) a written
order from an Agent Member given to the Depository in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository directing the Depository to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to
the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository containing information regarding the Agent Member account to be credited with such
increase. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the
principal amount of the relevant Global Note pursuant to Section 2.2(g). 
 (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to
Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Transfer Restricted Global Note if the transfer
complies with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the
transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; and 
 (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note. 
 (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in
a Transfer Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in a Transfer Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.2(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the
following: 
 (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial
interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or 
  

 Appendix A-5 

 (B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to
transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note, 
 and, in each such case, if the Issuer or the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository so require, an Opinion of
Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and,
upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate in accordance with Section 2.01, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the
aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iv). 
 (v)
Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note. Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take
delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (c) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests
in Global Notes for Definitive Notes. A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). A beneficial interest in a Global Note may not be
transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note except under the circumstances described in Section 2.1(b)(ii). In any case, beneficial interests in Global Notes shall be transferred or exchanged only for
Definitive Notes. 
 (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. Transfers and exchanges
of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i), (ii) or (ii) below, as applicable: 
 (i) Transfer Restricted Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any holder of a Transfer Restricted Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Transfer Restricted Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

 (A) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 (B) if
such Transfer Restricted Note is being transferred to a Qualified Institutional Buyer in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 (C) if such Transfer Restricted Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or
Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
  

 Appendix A-6 

 (D) if such Transfer Restricted Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 (E) if such Transfer Restricted Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note, including the certifications, certificates and
Opinion of Counsel, if applicable; or 
 (F) if such Transfer Restricted Note is being transferred to the Issuer or a
Subsidiary thereof, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer
Restricted Note, and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the appropriate Restricted Global Note. 
 (ii) Transfer Restricted Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A holder of a Transfer Restricted Note may exchange such Transfer Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note or transfer such Transfer Restricted Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or 
 (B) if the holder
of such Transfer Restricted Notes proposes to transfer such Transfer Restricted Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached
to the applicable Note, 
 and, in each such case, if the Issuer or the Registrar so requests or if the applicable rules and procedures of the
Depository so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the
Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of the conditions of this subparagraph (ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Transfer Restricted Notes and increase or cause to be
increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (ii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue
and, upon receipt of an written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of
Transfer Restricted Notes transferred or exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (ii). 
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive
Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted
Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the 

  

 Appendix A-7 

 
Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the
Unrestricted Global Notes. If any such transfer or exchange is effected pursuant to this subparagraph (iii) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an written order of the
Issuer in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Unrestricted Definitive Notes transferred or
exchanged pursuant to this subparagraph (iii). 
 (iv) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted
Global Notes. An Unrestricted Definitive Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. 
 (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a holder of Definitive Notes and such holder’s compliance
with the provisions of this Section 2.2(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the
Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting holder shall provide
any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.2(e). 
 (i) Transfer Restricted Notes to Transfer Restricted Notes. A Transfer Restricted Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Transfer
Restricted Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the
Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 (B) if the
transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 (C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule
144 under the Securities Act, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; 
 (D) if the transfer will be made
to an IAI in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (A) through (D) above, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note; and 
 (E) if such transfer will be made to the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, a certificate in the form attached to the applicable Note.

 (ii) Transfer Restricted Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Transfer Restricted Note may be exchanged by
the holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following: 
 (1) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Note proposes to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note; or 
  

 Appendix A-8 

 (2) if the holder of such Transfer Restricted Note proposes to transfer such Notes to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form attached to the applicable Note, 
 and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that
the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Restricted Notes Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. 
 (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may transfer such
Unrestricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes
pursuant to the instructions from the holder thereof. 
 (iv) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Transfer Restricted
Notes. An Unrestricted Definitive Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of, a Transfer Restricted Note. 
 At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such
Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will
take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global
Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (f) Legend. 
 (i) Except as permitted
by the following paragraph (ii), (iii) or (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following
form (each defined term in the legend being defined as such for purposes of the legend only): 
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED
UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS
ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE 

  

 Appendix A-9 

 
WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD
THEN REQUIRED UNDER RULE 144 OR ITS SUCCESSOR RULE) RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION
STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,”
“UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 
 Each Definitive Note
shall bear the following additional legends: 
 “IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER
AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 
 “THE TERMS OF THIS SECURITY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT, DATED JANUARY 28, 2008, BY AND AMONG BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, CITIBANK, N.A. AND THE OTHER
PARTIES THERETO FROM TIME TO TIME.” 
 (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note that is a Definitive Note, the
Registrar shall permit the holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a Definitive Note that does not bear the legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note if the holder
certifies in writing to the Registrar that its request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Initial Note). 
 (iii) After a transfer of any Initial Notes during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes,
all requirements pertaining to the Restricted Notes Legend on such Initial Notes shall cease to apply and the requirements that any such Initial Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply. 
 (iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes pursuant to which holders of such Initial Notes are offered
Exchange Notes in exchange for their Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to Initial Notes that Initial Notes be issued in global form shall continue to apply, and Exchange Notes in global form without the Restricted Notes Legend shall be
available to holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Registered Exchange Offer. 
  

 Appendix A-10 

 (v) Upon a sale or transfer after the expiration of the Restricted Period of any Initial Note acquired
pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements that such Initial Note bear the Restricted Notes Legend shall cease to apply and the requirements requiring any such Initial Note be issued in global form shall continue to apply. 
 (vi) Any Additional Notes sold in a registered offering shall not be required to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 (g) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for
Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 of this
Indenture. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive
Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and
if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall
be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depository at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase. 
 (h)
Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Notes. 
 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer
shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate, Definitive Notes and Global Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service
charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such
transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to Sections 3.06, 4.06, 4.08 and 9.05 of this Indenture). 
 (iii) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, a Paying Agent or the Registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Note is registered as the absolute
owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent or the Registrar
shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (iv) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture
shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (i) No Obligation of the Trustee. 
 (i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any
beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the Depository or any other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any
ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or the payment of any amount,
under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the holders and all payments to be made to the holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to the registered holders (which shall be the Depository or its
nominee 

  

 Appendix A-11 

 
in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable
rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this
Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such
certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express
requirements hereof. 
  

 Appendix A-12 

 EXHIBIT A-1 
 [FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL CASH PAY NOTE] 
 [Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK,
NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY
PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN
PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED
TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 [Restricted Notes Legend] 
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR
THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR
(B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY (OR SUCH
SHORTER PERIOD THEN REQUIRED UNDER RULE 144 OR ITS SUCCESSOR RULE) RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE
WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT 

  

 A-1-1 

 
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF
THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.” 
 Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend: 
 “IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE
FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 
 “THE TERMS OF THIS SECURITY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT, DATED JANUARY 28,
2008, BY AND AMONG BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, CITIBANK, N.A. AND THE OTHER PARTIES THERETO FROM TIME TO TIME.” 
  

 A-1-2 

 [FORM OF INITIAL CASH PAY NOTE] 
  

			
	No.	 	$                    

 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Note due 2016 
 144A CUSIP No. 413627AY6 
 144A ISIN No. US 413627AY65 
 REG S CUSIP No. U24658 AJ2 
 REG S ISIN No.
USU24658AJ23 
 HARRAH’S OPERATING COMPANY, INC., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns,
the principal sum of [            ] Dollars on February 1, 2016. 
 Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1 
 Record Dates: January 15 and July 15 
 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 
  

 A-1-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 
  

			
	HARRAH’S OPERATING COMPANY, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 Dated: February 1, 2008 
  

 A-1-4 

			
	 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

	
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  

	*/	If the Note is to be issued in global form, add the Global Notes Legend and the attachment from Exhibit A captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES – SCHEDULE OF
INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.” 

  

 A-1-5 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL CASH PAY NOTE] 
 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Note Due 2016 
  

	1.	Interest 

 HARRAH’S OPERATING COMPANY, INC., a
Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum
shown above. The Issuer shall pay interest semiannually on February 1 and August 1 of each year (each an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing August 1, 2008. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to
which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from February 1, until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The
Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 The Issuer shall pay interest on
the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders at the close of business on January 15 or July 15 (each a “Record Date”) next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after
the record date and on or before the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender Notes to the Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the
United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Issuer or any successor depositary. The Issuer shall make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest)
at the office of the Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by mailing a check to the registered address of each holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Notes may also be
made, in the case of a holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving
written notice to the Trustee or Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 Initially, U.S. Bank
National Association (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuer or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may
act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  

	4.	Indenture 

 The Issuer issued the Notes under an
Indenture dated as of February 1, 2008 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “TIA”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are
subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and the holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms and provisions 
  

 A-1-6 

 The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer. This Note is one of the Initial Notes referred
to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any
Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other
Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, Incur Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, issue or sell shares of capital stock of the
Issuer and such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or Incur Liens and make Asset Sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Issuer and each Note Guarantor to
consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property. 
 To guarantee the
due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise,
according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Note Guarantors have, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior unsecured basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 
  

	5.	Optional Redemption 

 On or after February 1,
2012, the Issuer may redeem the Cash Pay Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at
the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on February 1 of the years set forth below: 
  

				
	 Period
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2012
	  	105.375	%
	 2013
	  	102.688	%
	 2014 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

 In addition, prior to February 1, 2012 the Issuer may redeem the Cash Pay Notes at its option, in
whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the
Cash Pay Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest
due on the relevant interest payment date). 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior to
February 1, 2011, the Issuer may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Cash Pay Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of additional Cash Pay Notes) with the 

  

 A-1-7 

 
net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Issuer or (2) by any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to the extent the net
cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer from it, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount
thereof) of 110.75%, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date);
provided, however, that at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Cash Pay Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of additional Cash Pay Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption;
provided, further, that such redemption shall occur within 90 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each holder of Cash Pay Notes being
redeemed and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. 
  

	6.	Mandatory Redemption 

 The Notes are not subject to
any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments. 
  

	7.	Notice of Redemption 

 Notice of redemption will be
mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at his, her or its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only
in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with a Paying Agent on or before the redemption
date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date, interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption. 
  

	8.	Repurchase of Notes at the Option of the holders upon Change of Control and Asset Sales 

 Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the
Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 
 In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of certain events. 
  

	9.	[Reserved] 

  

	10.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes are in
registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000. A holder shall register the transfer of or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the
Registrar and the Trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay 

  

 A-1-8 

 
any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption
(except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
  

	11.	Persons Deemed Owners 

 The registered holder of
this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 
  

	12.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money for the payment of
principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at their written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, the holders
entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 
  

	13.	Discharge and Defeasance 

 Subject to certain
conditions, the Issuer at any time may terminate some of or all its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to
redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	14.	Amendment; Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions
set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series and (ii) any past default or
compliance with any provisions may be waived with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any holder,
the Issuer and the Trustee may amend the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Issuer of the obligations of the
Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes; (iii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Note Guarantor of the obligations of a Note Guarantor under the Indenture and its Note Guarantee; (iv) to provide for uncertificated Notes in
addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in
Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code); (v) to conform the text of the Indenture, Note Guarantees, the Notes or the Intercreditor Agreement, to any provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that
such provision in the “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Note Guarantees, the Notes or the Intercreditor Agreement; (vi) to add a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes;
(vii) to add additional covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the holders or to surrender rights and powers conferred on the Issuer; (viii) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of
the Indenture under the TIA; (ix) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder; or (x) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes or Additional Notes. 
  

 A-1-9 

	15.	Defaults and Remedies 

 If an Event of Default
occurs (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer) and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series,
in each case, by notice to the Issuer, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization of the Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. Under certain
circumstances, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders unless such
holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense and certain other conditions are complied with. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest
when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless (i) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) the holders of at least 30% in principal
amount of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense,
(iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of the applicable
series have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time,
method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or
that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification
satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 
  

	16.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 

 Subject to
certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or its Affiliates
and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
  

	17.	No Recourse Against Others 

 No director, officer,
employee, incorporator or holder of any equity interests in the Issuer or of any Note Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent corporation, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Note Guarantors under the Notes,
the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
  

 A-1-10 

	18.	Authentication 

 This Note shall not be valid until
an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	19.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used
in the name of a holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to
Minors Act). 
  

	20.	Governing Law 

 THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED
BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. 
  

	21.	CUSIP Numbers; ISINs 

 The Issuer has caused CUSIP
numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to the holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the
Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 The Issuer will furnish to any holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note. 
  

 A-1-11 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  
  
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  
  
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

 and irrevocably appoint                     agent to
transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

									
	Date:	 	  
	 	 	  	Your Signature:	  	  

  
  
 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 
 Signature
Guarantee: 
  

							
	Date:	 	  
	 	 	  	  

	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee	 		  	Signature of Signature Guarantee

  

 A-1-12 

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR 
 REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES 
 This certificate relates to
$                     principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)
             book-entry or              definitive form by the undersigned. 
 The undersigned (check one box below): 
  

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depository a Note or Notes in definitive, registered
form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above); 

  

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes. 

 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such
Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 
  

					
	(1)	  	 ̈	  	to the Issuer; or
			
	(2)	  	 ̈	  	to the Registrar for registration in the name of the holder, without transfer; or
			
	(3)	  	 ̈	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(4)	  	 ̈	  	inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a
qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(5)	  	 ̈	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933 and such Note
shall be held immediately after the transfer through Euroclear or Clearstream until the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture); or
			
	(6)	  	 ̈	  	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter
containing certain representations and agreements; or
			
	(7)	  	 ̈	  	pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced
by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Issuer or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer
of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer or the Trustee have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933. 
  

 A-1-13 

									
	Date:	 	  
	 	 	  	Your Signature:	  	  

 Signature Guarantee: 
  

							
	Date:	 	  
	 	 	  	  

	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee	 		  	Signature of Signature Guarantee

  

 A-1-14 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole
investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

							
	Dated:	 	  
	 	 	 	  

		 		 		 	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  

 A-1-15 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES] 
 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY 
 The initial principal amount of
this Global Note is $                    . The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	 Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global
Note
	 	 Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global
Note
	 	 Principal amount of this
Global Note following
 such decrease or increase
	 	 Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
 Notes Custodian

  

 A-1-16 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture,
check the box: 
  

			
	Asset Sale  ̈	  	Change of Control  ̈

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to
Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, state the amount ($2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000): 
  

									
	$	 	 	 	 	  	 	  	 
					
	Date:	 	  
	 		  	Your Signature:	  	  

		 		 		  		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

  

					
	Signature Guarantee:	  	  
	  	 
		  	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee	  	

  

 A-1-17 

 EXHIBIT A-2 
 [FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL TOGGLE NOTE] 
 [Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK,
NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY
PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN
PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED
TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 [Restricted Notes Legend] 
 “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR
THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR
(B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY (OR SUCH
SHORTER PERIOD THEN REQUIRED UNDER RULE 144 OR ITS SUCCESSOR RULE) RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE
WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (D) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (F) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT 
  

 A-2-1 

 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS
TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT.” 
 Each Definitive Note shall bear the following additional legend: 
 “IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER
COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.” 
 “THE TERMS OF THIS SECURITY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT,
DATED JANUARY 28, 2008, BY AND AMONG BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, CITIBANK, N.A. AND THE OTHER PARTIES THERETO FROM TIME TO TIME.” 
 “THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. A HOLDER MAY OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO
MATURITY FOR SUCH NOTES BY SUBMITTING A REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE BORROWER AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: HARRAH’S OPERATING COMPANY, INC., ONE CAESAR’S PALACE DRIVE, LAS VEGAS, NEVADA, 89101-8969, ATTENTION: GENERAL COUNSEL.”

  

 A-2-2 

 [FORM OF INITIAL TOGGLE NOTE] 
  

			
	No.	  	$                    

 10.75% / 11.5% Senior Toggle Note due 2018 
  

							
	  	 	  	 	  	 	CUSIP No. 413627 AZ3
		 		 		 	ISIN No. US413627AZ31
				
		 		 		 	Reg S CUSIP No. U24658 AK9
		 		 		 	Reg S ISIN No. USU24658AK95

 HARRAH’S OPERATING COMPANY, INC., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede &
Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum listed on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto on February 1, 2018. 
 Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1 
 Record Dates: January 15 and July 15

 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 
  

 A-2-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 
  

			
	HARRAH’S OPERATING COMPANY, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 Dated: 
  

 A-2-4 

			
	 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

	
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

	 as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  

	*/	If the Note is to be issued in global form, add the Global Notes Legend and the attachment from Exhibit A captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES – SCHEDULE OF
INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.” 

  

 A-2-5 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL TOGGLE NOTE] 
 10.75% / 11.5% Senior Toggle Note Due 2018 
  

	1.	Interest 

 (a) HARRAH’S OPERATING COMPANY,
INC., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Toggle Note at the rate
per annum shown above. 
 (b) Cash Interest on this Toggle Note will accrue at the rate of 10.75% per annum and be payable in cash. PIK
Interest on this Toggle Note will accrue at the rate of 11.5% per annum and be payable (x) with respect to Toggle Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of, or held by, the Depository Trust Company
(“DTC”) or its nominee on the relevant record date, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding global Toggle Note by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest $1)
and (y) with respect to Toggle Notes represented by certificated notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), and
the Trustee will, at the request of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the holders on the relevant record date, as shown by the records of the register of holders. In the event that the
Issuer elects to pay Partial PIK Interest for any interest period, each holder will be entitled to receive Cash Interest in respect of 50% of the principal amount of the Toggle Notes held by such holder on the relevant record date and PIK Interest
in respect of 50% of the principal amount of the Toggle Notes held by such holder on the relevant record date. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding global Toggle Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, the global Toggle Notes
will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. All Toggle Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on February 1, 2018 and will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions
and conditions of, the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the Toggle Notes issued on the Issue Date. Any certificated PIK Notes will be issued with the description PIK on the face of such PIK Note. 
 (c) The Issuer shall pay interest semiannually on February 1 and August 1 of each year (each an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing
August 1, 2008. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from February 1, 2008 until the principal hereof is
due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate
to the extent lawful. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 For any interest payment period
after the initial interest payment period and prior to February 1, 2013, the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on this Toggle Note: 
  

	 	•	 	 entirely in cash (“Cash Interest”); 

  

	 	•	 	 entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Toggle Notes or by issuing PIK Notes (“PIK Interest”); or 

  

 A-2-6 

	 	•	 	 on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Toggle Notes in cash and on 50% of the principal amount by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding
Toggle Notes or by issuing PIK Notes (“Partial PIK Interest”). 

 The Issuer must elect the form of interest
payment with respect to each interest period by delivering a notice to the Trustee at least 30 days prior to the beginning of each interest period. The Trustee shall promptly deliver a corresponding notice to the holders. In the absence of such
election for any interest period, interest on the Toggle Notes shall be payable according to the election for the previous interest period. Interest for the first interest period commencing on the Issue Date shall be payable entirely in cash. After
February 1, 2013, the Issuer will make all interest payments on the Toggle Notes entirely in cash. 
 The Issuer shall pay interest on
the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders at the close of business on January 15 or July 15 (each a “Record Date”) next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after
the record date and on or before the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). holders must surrender Notes to the Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the
United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Issuer or any successor depositary. The Issuer shall make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest)
at the office of the Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by mailing a check to the registered address of each holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Notes may also be
made, in the case of a holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving
written notice to the Trustee or Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 Initially, U.S. Bank
National Association (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuer or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may
act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  

	4.	Indenture 

 The Issuer issued the Notes under an
Indenture dated as of February 1, 2008 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “TIA”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are
subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and the holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms and provisions 
 The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer. This Note is one of the Initial Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the
Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture. 

  

 A-2-7 

 
The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain
limitations on the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, Incur Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions
upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, issue or sell shares of capital stock of the Issuer and such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or Incur
Liens and make Asset Sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Issuer and each Note Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property.

 To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuer under the
Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Note Guarantors have, jointly and severally, unconditionally
guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior unsecured basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 
  

	5.	Optional Redemption 

 On or after February 1,
2013, the Issuer may redeem the Toggle Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at the
following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on                      of the years set forth
below: 
  

				
	 Period
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2013
	  	105.375	%
	 2014
	  	103.583	%
	 2015
	  	101.792	%
	 2016 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

 In addition, prior to February 1, 2013, the Issuer may redeem the Cash Pay Notes at its
option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal
amount of the Toggle Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior
to February 1, 2011, the Issuer may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Toggle Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of additional Toggle Notes) with the net cash proceeds of one
or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Issuer or (2) by any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer or used to purchase Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer from it, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 110.75%, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date
(subject to the right of holders of record on 

  

 A-2-8 

 
the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that at least 50% of the
original aggregate principal amount of the Toggle Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of additional Toggle Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption; provided, further, that such redemption shall occur
within 90 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each holder of Toggle Notes being redeemed and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in
the Indenture. 
  

	6.	Mandatory Redemption 

 (a) Except as set forth
below, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Toggle Notes. 
 (b) If the
Toggle Notes would otherwise constitute “applicable high yield discount obligations” within the meaning of 163(i)(1) of the Code, at the end of each accrual period ending after the fifth anniversary of the Toggle Notes’ issuance
(each, any “AHYDO redemption date”), the Issuer will be required to redeem for cash a portion of each Toggle Note then outstanding equal to the “Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount” (such redemption a “Mandatory Principal
Redemption”). The redemption price for the portion of each Toggle Note redeemed pursuant to a Mandatory Principal Redemption will be 100% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued interest thereon on the date of redemption. The
“Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount” means the portion of a Toggle Note that must be required to be redeemed to prevent such Toggle Note from being treated as an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning
of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code. No partial redemption or repurchase of the Toggle Notes prior to the AHYDO redemption date pursuant to any other provision of the indenture will alter the Issuer’s obligation to make the Mandatory
Principal Redemption with respect to any Toggle Notes that remain outstanding on the AHYDO redemption date. 
  

	7.	Notice of Redemption 

 Notice of redemption will be
mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at his, her or its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only
in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with a Paying Agent on or before the redemption
date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date, interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption. 
  

	8.	Repurchase of Notes at the Option of the holders upon Change of Control and Asset Sales 

 Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the
Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 
 In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of certain events. 
  

 A-2-9 

	9.	[Reserved] 

  

	10.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes are in
registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000. A holder shall register the transfer of or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the
Registrar and the Trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or
exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

  

	11.	Persons Deemed Owners 

 The registered holder of
this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 
  

	12.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money for the payment of
principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at their written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, the holders
entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 
  

	13.	Discharge and Defeasance 

 Subject to certain
conditions, the Issuer at any time may terminate some of or all its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to
redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	14.	Amendment; Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions
set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of each series and (ii) any past default or
compliance with any provisions may be waived with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any holder,
the Issuer and the Trustee may amend the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Issuer of the obligations of the
Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes; (iii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Note Guarantor of the obligations of a Note Guarantor under the Indenture and its Note Guarantee; (iv) to provide for uncertificated Notes in
addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in
Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code); (v) to conform the text of the Indenture, Note Guarantees, the Notes or the Intercreditor Agreement, to any provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that
such provision in the 

  

 A-2-10 

 
“Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Note Guarantees, the Notes or the Intercreditor
Agreement; (vi) to add a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes; (vii) to add additional covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the holders or to surrender rights and powers conferred on the Issuer; (viii) to comply with the
requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA; (ix) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder; or (x) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange
Notes or Additional Notes. 
  

	15.	Defaults and Remedies 

 If an Event of Default
occurs (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer) and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series,
in each case, by notice to the Issuer, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization of the Issuer occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. Under certain
circumstances, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders unless such
holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense and certain other conditions are complied with. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest
when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless (i) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) the holders of at least 30% in principal
amount of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense,
(iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of the applicable
series have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time,
method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or
that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification
satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 
  

	16.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 

 Subject to
certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or its Affiliates
and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
  

 A-2-11 

	17.	No Recourse Against Others 

 No director, officer,
employee, incorporator or holder of any equity interests in the Issuer or of any Note Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent corporation, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Note Guarantors under the Notes,
the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
  

	18.	Authentication 

 This Note shall not be valid until
an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	19.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used
in the name of a holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to
Minors Act). 
  

	20.	Governing Law 

 THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED
BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. 
  

	21.	CUSIP Numbers; ISINs 

 The Issuer has caused CUSIP
numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to the holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the
Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 The Issuer will furnish to any holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note. 
  

 A-2-12 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  
  
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  
  
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

 and irrevocably appoint                      agent to
transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  

											
	 Date:
	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  
	 	

  
  
  
 Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 Signature Guarantee: 
  

									
	 Date:
	 	  
	 		 	  
	 	
	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee	 		 	Signature of Signature Guarantee	 	

  

 A-2-13 

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR 
 REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES 
 This certificate relates to $
                     principal amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)
             book-entry or              definitive form by the undersigned. 
 The undersigned (check one box below): 
  

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depository a Note or Notes in definitive, registered
form of authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above); 

  

	 ̈	has requested the Trustee by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes. 

 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such
Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 
  

					
	(1)	  	 ̈	  	to the Issuer; or
			
	(2)	  	 ̈	  	to the Registrar for registration in the name of the holder, without transfer; or
			
	(3)	  	 ̈	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(4)	  	 ̈	  	inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a
qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
			
	(5)	  	 ̈	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933 and such Note
shall be held immediately after the transfer through Euroclear or Clearstream until the expiration of the Restricted Period (as defined in the Indenture); or
			
	(6)	  	 ̈	  	to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter
containing certain representations and agreements; or
			
	(7)	  	 ̈	  	pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced
by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Issuer or the Trustee may require, prior to registering any such transfer
of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Issuer or the Trustee have reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933. 
  

 A-2-14 

											
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  
	 	

 Signature Guarantee: 
  

									
	 Date:
	 	  
	 		 	  
	 	
	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee	 		 	Signature of Signature Guarantee	 	

  

 A-2-15 

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole
investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the
undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

							
	Dated:	 	  
	 		  	  

		 		 		  	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  

 A-2-16 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES] 
 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY 
 The initial principal amount of
this Global Note is $                     . The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note	  	Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note	  	Principal amount of this
Global Note following
such decrease or increase
	  	Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Notes Custodian

  

 A-2-17 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture,
check the box: 
  

			
	Asset Sale  ̈	  	Change of Control  ̈

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to
Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, state the amount ($2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000): 
  

									
	$	 	 	 	 	  	 	  	 
					
	Date:	 	  
	 		  	Your Signature:	  	  

		 		 		  		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

  

					
	Signature Guarantee:	  	  
	  	 
		  	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee	  	

  

 A-2-18 

 EXHIBIT B-1 
 [FORM OF FACE OF CASH PAY EXCHANGE NOTE] 
 [Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK,
NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY
PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN
PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED
TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 THE TERMS OF THIS SECURITY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT, DATED JANUARY 28, 2008, BY
AND AMONG BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, CITIBANK, N.A. AND THE OTHER PARTIES THERETO FROM TIME TO TIME. 
  

 B-1-1 

			
	No.	  	$                    

 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Note due 2016 
  

	
	CUSIP No.             
	ISIN No.                 

 HARRAH’S OPERATING COMPANY, INC., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede &
Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of                  Dollars on February 1, 2016. 
 Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1 
 Record Dates: January 15 and July 15 
 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the
other side of this Note. 
  

 B-1-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 
  

			
	HARRAH’S OPERATING COMPANY, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 Dated: 
  

 B-1-3 

			
	 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

	
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

	 as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  

	*/	If the Note is to be issued in global form, add the Global Notes Legend and the attachment from Exhibit A captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES – SCHEDULE OF
INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.” 

  

 B-1-4 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF CASH PAY EXCHANGE NOTE] 
 10.75% Senior Cash Pay Note due 2016 
  

	1.	Interest 

 HARRAH’S OPERATING COMPANY., a
Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum
shown above. The Issuer shall pay interest semiannually on February 1 and August 1 of each year (each an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing August 1, 2008. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to
which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from February 1, 2008 until the principal hereof is due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders at the close of business on January 15 or July 15 (each a “Record Date”) next
preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). holders must surrender Notes to the Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The
Issuer shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note
(including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Issuer or any successor depositary. The Issuer shall make all payments in respect of
a certificated Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest), at the office of the Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by mailing a check to the registered address of each holder
thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Notes may also be made, in the case of a holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank
in the United States if such holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or
such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 Initially, U.S. Bank
National Association (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuer or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may
act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  

	4.	Indenture 

 The Issuer issued the Notes under an
Indenture dated as of February 1, 2008 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “TIA”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are
subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and the holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms and provisions. 
  

 B-1-5 

 The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer. This Note is one of the Exchange Notes referred
to in the Indenture. The Notes include the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any
Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other
Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, Incur Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, issue or sell shares of capital stock of the
Issuer and such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or Incur Liens and make Asset Sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Issuer and each Note Guarantor to
consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property. 
 To guarantee the
due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise,
according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Note Guarantors have, jointly and severally, unconditionally guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior subordinated basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 
  

	5.	Optional Redemption 

 On or after February 1,
2012, the Issuer may redeem the Cash Pay Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at
the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on February 1 of the years set forth below: 
  

				
	 Period
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2012
	  	105.375	%
	 2013
	  	102.688	%
	 2014 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

 In addition, prior to February 1, 2012, the Issuer may redeem the Cash Pay Notes at its
option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal
amount of the Cash Pay Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior
to February 1, 2011, the Issuer may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Cash Pay Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of additional Cash Pay Notes) with the 

  

 B-1-6 

 
net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Issuer or (2) by any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to the extent the net
cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer or used to purchase Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer from it, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount
thereof) of 110.75%, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date);
provided, however, that at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Cash Pay Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of additional Cash Pay Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption;
provided, further, that such redemption shall occur within 90 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each holder of Cash Pay Notes being
redeemed and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. 
  

	6.	Mandatory Redemption 

 The Notes are not subject to
any sinking fund. 
  

	7.	Notice of Redemption 

 Notice of redemption will be
mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at his, her or its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only
in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with a Paying Agent on or before the redemption
date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption. 
  

	8.	Repurchase of Notes at the Option of the holders upon Change of Control and Asset Sales 

 Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the
Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 
 In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of certain events. 
  

	9.	[Reserved] 

  

	10.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes are in
registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000. A holder shall register the transfer of or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the
Registrar and the Trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay 

  

 B-1-7 

 
any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes selected for redemption
(except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Notes to be redeemed. 
  

	11.	Persons Deemed Owners 

 The registered holder of
this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 
  

	12.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money for the payment of
principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at their written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, the holders
entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 
  

	13.	Discharge and Defeasance 

 Subject to certain
conditions, the Issuer at any time may terminate some of or all its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to
redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	14.	Amendment; Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions
set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of each series and (ii) any past default or
compliance with any provisions may be waived with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any holder,
the Issuer and the Trustee may amend the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Issuer of the obligations of the
Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes; (iii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Note Guarantor of the obligations of a Note Guarantor under the Indenture and its Note Guarantee; (iv) to provide for uncertificated Notes in
addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in
Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code); (v) to conform the text of the Indenture, Note Guarantees, the Notes or the Intercreditor Agreement, to any provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that
such provision in the “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Note Guarantees, the Notes or the Intercreditor Agreement; (vi) to add a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes;
(vii) to add additional covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the holders or to surrender rights and powers conferred on the Issuer; (viii) to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of
the Indenture under the TIA; (ix) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder; or (x) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Notes or Additional Notes. 
  

 B-1-8 

	15.	Defaults and Remedies 

 If an Event of Default
occurs (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer) and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, in each case, by
notice to the Issuer, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer
occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority
in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences. 
 If an Event
of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders unless such holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable
indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense and certain other conditions are complied with. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with
respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless (i) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of the applicable
series have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request
within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent
with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the
rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and
expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 
  

	16.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 

 Subject to
certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or its Affiliates
and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
  

	17.	No Recourse Against Others 

 No director, officer,
employee, incorporator or holder of any equity interests in the Issuer or of any Note Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent corporation, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Note Guarantors under the Notes,
the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
  

 B-1-9 

	18.	Authentication 

 This Note shall not be valid until
an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	19.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used
in the name of a holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to
Minors Act). 
  

	20.	Governing Law 

 THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED
BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. 
  

	21.	CUSIP Numbers; ISINs 

 The Issuer has caused CUSIP
numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to the holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the
Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 The Issuer will furnish to any holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note. 
  

 B-1-10 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  
  
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  
  
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

 and irrevocably appoint                      agent to
transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
   
  
  

									
	Date:	 	  
	 	 	 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 Signature Guarantee: 
  

							
	Date:	 	  
	 	 	  	  

	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee	 		  	Signature of Signature Guarantee

  

 B-1-11 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture,
check the box: 
  

			
	Asset Sale  ̈	  	Change of Control  ̈

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to
Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, state the amount ($2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000): 
  

									
	$	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 
					
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	  	  

		 		 		 		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

  

					
	Signature Guarantee:	  	  
	  	 
		  	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee	  	

  

 B-1-12 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES] 
 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY 
 The initial principal amount of
this Global Note is $                    . The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	 	 Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global
Note
	 	 Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global
Note
	 	 Principal amount of this
Global Note following
 such decrease or increase
	 	 Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
 Notes Custodian

  

 B-1-13 

 EXHIBIT B-2 
 [FORM OF FACE OF TOGGLE EXCHANGE NOTE] 
 [Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK,
NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY
PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN
PART, TO DTC, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED
TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 
 THE TERMS OF THIS SECURITY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT, DATED JANUARY 28, 2008, BY
AND AMONG BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, CITIBANK, N.A. AND THE OTHER PARTIES THERETO FROM TIME TO TIME. 
  

 B-2-1 

			
	No.	  	$                    

 10.75% / 11.5% Senior Toggle Note due 2018 
  

	
	CUSIP No.             
	ISIN No.                 

 HARRAH’S OPERATING COMPANY, INC., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede &
Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum listed on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note attached hereto on February 1, 2018. 
 Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1 
 Record Dates: January 15 and July 15

 Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. 
  

 B-2-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed. 
  

			
	HARRAH’S OPERATING COMPANY, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 Dated: 
  

 B-2-3 

			
	 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

	
	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
	 as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture.

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signatory

  

	*/	If the Note is to be issued in global form, add the Global Notes Legend and the attachment from Exhibit A captioned “TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES – SCHEDULE OF
INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY.” 

  

 B-2-4 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF TOGGLE EXCHANGE NOTE] 
 10.75% / 11.5% Senior Toggle Note due 2018 
  

	1.	Interest 

 (a) HARRAH’S OPERATING COMPANY,
INC., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Toggle Note at the rate
per annum shown above. 
 (b) Cash Interest on this Toggle Note will accrue at the rate of 10.75% per annum and be payable in cash. PIK
Interest on this Toggle Note will accrue at the rate of 11.5% per annum and be payable (x) with respect to Toggle Notes represented by one or more global notes registered in the name of, or held by, the Depository Trust Company
(“DTC”) or its nominee on the relevant record date, by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding global Toggle Note by an amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the applicable interest period (rounded up to the nearest $1)
and (y) with respect to Toggle Notes represented by certificated notes, by issuing PIK Notes in certificated form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the amount of PIK Interest for the period (rounded up to the nearest whole dollar), and
the Trustee will, at the request of the Issuer, authenticate and deliver such PIK Notes in certificated form for original issuance to the holders on the relevant record date, as shown by the records of the register of holders. In the event that the
Issuer elects to pay Partial PIK Interest for any interest period, each holder will be entitled to receive Cash Interest in respect of 50% of the principal amount of the Toggle Notes held by such holder on the relevant record date and PIK Interest
in respect of 50% of the principal amount of the Toggle Notes held by such holder on the relevant record date. Following an increase in the principal amount of the outstanding global Toggle Notes as a result of a PIK Payment, the global Toggle Notes
will bear interest on such increased principal amount from and after the date of such PIK Payment. All Toggle Notes issued pursuant to a PIK Payment will mature on February 1, 2018 and will be governed by, and subject to the terms, provisions
and conditions of, the Indenture and shall have the same rights and benefits as the Toggle Notes issued on the Issue Date. Any certificated PIK Notes will be issued with the description PIK on the face of such PIK Note. 
 (c) The Issuer shall pay interest semiannually on February 1 and August 1 of each year (each an “Interest Payment Date”), commencing
August 1, 2008. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from February 1, 2008 until the principal hereof is
due. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate
to the extent lawful. 
  

	2.	Method of Payment 

 For any interest payment period
after the initial interest payment period and prior to February 1, 2013, the Issuer may, at its option, elect to pay interest on this Toggle Note: 
  

	 	•	 	 entirely in cash (“Cash Interest”); 

  

	 	•	 	 entirely by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding Toggle Notes or by issuing PIK Notes (“PIK Interest”); or 

  

 B-2-5 

	 	•	 	 on 50% of the outstanding principal amount of the Toggle Notes in cash and on 50% of the principal amount by increasing the principal amount of the outstanding
Toggle Notes or by issuing PIK Notes (“Partial PIK Interest”). 

 The Issuer must elect the form of interest
payment with respect to each interest period by delivering a notice to the Trustee at least 30 days prior to the beginning of each interest period. The Trustee shall promptly deliver a corresponding notice to the holders. In the absence of such
election for any interest period, interest on the Toggle Notes shall be payable according to the election for the previous interest period. Interest for the first interest period commencing on the Issue Date shall be payable entirely in cash. After
February 1, 2013, the Issuer will make all interest payments on the Toggle Notes entirely in cash. 
 The Issuer shall pay interest on
the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders at the close of business on January 15 or July 15 (each a “Record Date”) next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled after
the record date and on or before the interest payment date (whether or not a Business Day). Holders must surrender Notes to the Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the
United States of America that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest) shall be made by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Issuer or any successor depositary. The Issuer shall make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including principal, premium, if any, and interest)
at the office of the Paying Agent, except that, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by mailing a check to the registered address of each holder thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Notes may also be
made, in the case of a holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such holder elects payment by wire transfer by giving
written notice to the Trustee or Paying Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion). 
  

	3.	Paying Agent and Registrar 

 Initially, U.S. Bank
National Association (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuer may appoint and change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice. The Issuer or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may
act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
  

	4.	Indenture 

 The Issuer issued the Notes under an
Indenture dated as of February 1, 2008 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “TIA”). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Notes are
subject to all terms and provisions of the Indenture, and the holders (as defined in the Indenture) are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms and provisions. 
 The Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer. This Note is one of the Exchange Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes include the
Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes pursuant to the Indenture. 

  

 B-2-6 

 
The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain
limitations on the ability of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other distributions, Incur Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions
upon the payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries, issue or sell shares of capital stock of the Issuer and such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or Incur
Liens and make Asset Sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the Issuer and each Note Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its property.

 To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and interest on the Notes and all other amounts payable by the Issuer under the
Indenture and the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of the Notes and the Indenture, the Note Guarantors have, jointly and severally, unconditionally
guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior subordinated basis pursuant to the terms of the Indenture. 
  

	5.	Optional Redemption 

 On or after February 1,
2013, the Issuer may redeem the Toggle Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at the
following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on of the years set forth below: 
  

				
	 Period
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2013
	  	105.375	%
	 2014
	  	103.583	%
	 2015
	  	101.792	%
	 2016 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

 In addition, prior to February 1, 2013, the Issuer may redeem the Cash Pay Notes at its
option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal
amount of the Toggle Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time on or prior
to February 1, 2011, the Issuer may redeem in the aggregate up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Toggle Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of additional Toggle Notes) with the net cash proceeds of one
or more Equity Offerings (1) by the Issuer or (2) by any direct or indirect parent of the Issuer to the extent the net cash proceeds thereof are contributed to the common equity capital of the Issuer or used to purchase Capital Stock
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Issuer from it, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 110.75%, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date
(subject to the right of holders of record on 

  

 B-2-7 

 
the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that at least 50% of the
original aggregate principal amount of the Toggle Notes (calculated after giving effect to any issuance of additional Toggle Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption; provided, further, that such redemption shall occur
within 90 days after the date on which any such Equity Offering is consummated upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice mailed to each holder of Toggle Notes being redeemed and otherwise in accordance with the procedures set forth in
the Indenture. 
  

	6.	Mandatory Redemption 

 (a) Except as set forth
below, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Toggle Notes. 
 (b) If the
Toggle Notes would otherwise constitute “applicable high yield discount obligations” within the meaning of 163(i)(1) of the Code, at the end of each accrual period ending after the fifth anniversary of the Toggle Notes’ issuance
(each, any “AHYDO redemption date”), the Issuer will be required to redeem for cash a portion of each Toggle Note then outstanding equal to the “Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount” (such redemption a “Mandatory Principal
Redemption”). The redemption price for the portion of each Toggle Note redeemed pursuant to a Mandatory Principal Redemption will be 100% of the principal amount of such portion plus any accrued interest thereon on the date of redemption. The
“Mandatory Principal Redemption Amount” means the portion of a Toggle Note that must be required to be redeemed to prevent such Toggle Note from being treated as an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning
of Section 163(i)(1) of the Code. No partial redemption or repurchase of the Toggle Notes prior to the AHYDO redemption date pursuant to any other provision of the indenture will alter the Issuer’s obligation to make the Mandatory
Principal Redemption with respect to any Toggle Notes that remain outstanding on the AHYDO redemption date. 
  

	7.	Notice of Redemption 

 Notice of redemption will be
mailed by first-class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of Notes to be redeemed at his, her or its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only
in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with a Paying Agent on or before the redemption
date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions thereof) called for redemption. 
  

	8.	Repurchase of Notes at the Option of the holders upon Change of Control and Asset Sales 

 Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder shall have the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the
Issuer to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to the right of the holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture. 
 In accordance with Section 4.06 of the Indenture, the Issuer will be required to offer to purchase Notes upon the occurrence of certain events. 
  

 B-2-8 

	9.	[Reserved] 

  

	10.	Denominations; Transfer; Exchange 

 The Notes are in
registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000. A holder shall register the transfer of or exchange of Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any registration of transfer or exchange, the
Registrar and the Trustee may require a holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or
exchange any Notes selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part, the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Notes for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Notes to be redeemed.

  

	11.	Persons Deemed Owners 

 The registered holder of
this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 
  

	12.	Unclaimed Money 

 If money for the payment of
principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Issuer at their written request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, the holders
entitled to the money must look to the Issuer for payment as general creditors and the Trustee and a Paying Agent shall have no further liability with respect to such monies. 
  

	13.	Discharge and Defeasance 

 Subject to certain
conditions, the Issuer at any time may terminate some of or all its obligations under the Notes and the Indenture if the Issuer deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to
redemption or maturity, as the case may be. 
  

	14.	Amendment; Waiver 

 Subject to certain exceptions
set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of each series and (ii) any past default or
compliance with any provisions may be waived with the written consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any holder,
the Issuer and the Trustee may amend the Indenture, the Intercreditor Agreement or the Notes (i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Issuer of the obligations of the
Issuer under the Indenture and the Notes; (iii) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Note Guarantor of the obligations of a Note Guarantor under the Indenture and its Note Guarantee; (iv) to provide for uncertificated Notes in
addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in
Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code); (v) to conform the text of the Indenture, Note Guarantees, the Notes or the Intercreditor Agreement, to any provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent that
such provision in the 

  

 B-2-9 

 
“Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture, Note Guarantees, the Notes or the Intercreditor
Agreement; (vi) to add a Note Guarantee with respect to the Notes; (vii) to add additional covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the holders or to surrender rights and powers conferred on the Issuer; (viii) to comply with the
requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA; (ix) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder; or (x) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange
Notes or Additional Notes. 
  

	15.	Defaults and Remedies 

 If an Event of Default
occurs (other than an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer) and is continuing, the Trustee or the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, in each case, by
notice to the Issuer, may declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. If an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Issuer
occurs, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all the Notes shall become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holders. Under certain circumstances, the holders of a majority
in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences. 
 If an Event
of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders unless such holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable
indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense and certain other conditions are complied with. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no holder may pursue any remedy with
respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless (i) such holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) the holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of the applicable
series have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request
within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent
with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the
rights of any other holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and
expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. 
  

	16.	Trustee Dealings with the Issuer 

 Subject to
certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Issuer or its Affiliates
and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. 
  

 B-2-10 

	17.	No Recourse Against Others 

 No director, officer,
employee, incorporator or holder of any equity interests in the Issuer or of any Note Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent corporation, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Note Guarantors under the Notes,
the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. 
  

	18.	Authentication 

 This Note shall not be valid until
an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 
  

	19.	Abbreviations 

 Customary abbreviations may be used
in the name of a holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to
Minors Act). 
  

	20.	Governing Law 

 THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED
BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. 
  

	21.	CUSIP Numbers; ISINs 

 The Issuer has caused CUSIP
numbers and ISINs to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers and ISINs in notices of redemption as a convenience to the holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the
Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 The Issuer will furnish to any holder of Notes upon written request and without charge to the holder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note. 
  

 B-2-11 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign and transfer this Note to: 
  
  
 (Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code) 
  
  
 (Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

 and irrevocably appoint                      agent to
transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 
  
  

 
  

											
	 Date:
	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  
	 	
		 		 		 		 	Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.	 	

 Signature Guarantee: 
  

									
	 Date:
	 	  
	 		 	  
	 	
	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the
Trustee	 		 	Signature of Signature Guarantee	 	

  

 B-2-12 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture,
check the box: 
  

			
	Asset Sale  ̈	  	Change of Control  ̈

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to
Section 4.06 (Asset Sale) or 4.08 (Change of Control) of the Indenture, state the amount ($2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000): 
  

									
	$	 		 		 		 	
					
	Date:	 	  
	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

  

					
	Signature Guarantee:	  	  
	  	
		  	Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee	  	

  

 B-2-13 

 [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES] 
 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY 
 The initial principal amount of
this Global Note is $                     . The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of decrease in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note	  	Amount of increase in
Principal Amount of this
Global Note	  	Principal amount of this
Global Note following
such decrease or increase	  	Signature of authorized
signatory of Trustee or
Notes Custodian

  

 B-2-14 

 EXHIBIT C 
 [FORM OF] 
 TRANSFEREE LETTER OF REPRESENTATION 
 Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc. 
 c/o U.S. Bank National Association 
 • 
 • 
 Attention: Vice President 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $[    ] principal amount of the [10.75% Senior Cash Pay Notes due 2016]
[10.75%/11.5% Toggle Notes due 2018] (the “Notes”) of Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc. (the “Issuer”). 
 Upon
transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new beneficial owner as follows: 
  

					
		
	Name:
                                        
                        	  	
		
	Address:
                                        
                    	  	
		
	Taxpayer ID Number:
                                        
	  	

 The undersigned represents and warrants to you that: 
 1. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “Securities Act”)), purchasing for our own account or for the account of such an institutional “accredited investor” at least $100,000 principal amount of the Notes, and we are acquiring the Notes not with a view to,
or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes,
and we invest in or purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business. We, and any accounts for which we are acting, are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. 
 2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted in the
following sentence. We agree on our own behalf and on behalf of any investor account for which we are purchasing Notes to offer, sell or otherwise transfer such Notes prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issue
and the last date on which either the Issuer or any affiliate of such Issuer was the owner of such Notes (or any predecessor thereto) (the “Resale Restriction Termination Date”) only (a) in the United States to a person whom we
reasonably believe is a qualified institutional buyer (as defined in rule 144A under the Securities Act) in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, (b) outside the United States in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule
904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (c) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 thereunder (if applicable) or (d) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, in each of cases (a) through (d)

  

 C-1 

 
in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. In addition, we will, and each subsequent holder is required to, notify
any purchaser of the Note evidenced hereby of the resale restrictions set forth above. The foregoing restrictions on resale will not apply subsequent to the Resale Restriction Termination Date. If any resale or other transfer of the Notes is
proposed to be made to an institutional “accredited investor” prior to the Resale Restriction Termination Date, the transferor shall deliver a letter from the transferee substantially in the form of this letter to the Issuer and the
Trustee, which shall provide, among other things, that the transferee is an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act and that it is acquiring such Notes
for investment purposes and not for distribution in violation of the Securities Act. Each purchaser acknowledges that the Issuer and the Trustee reserve the right prior to the offer, sale or other transfer prior to the Resale Restriction Termination
Date of the Notes pursuant to clause 1(b), 1(c) or 1(d) above to require the delivery of an opinion of counsel, certifications or other information satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee. 
  

											
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 	TRANSFEREE:	 	  
	 	,
						
		 		 		 	By:	 	  
	 	

  

 C-2 

 EXHIBIT D 
 [FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE] 
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as
of [            ], among [GUARANTOR] (the “New Note Guarantor”), a subsidiary of HARRAH’S OPERATING COMPANY, INC. (or its successor), a Delaware corporation (the
“Issuer”), and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee under the indenture referred to below (the “Trustee”). 
 WITNESSETH: 
 WHEREAS the Issuer and the existing Note Guarantors have heretofore executed and delivered to
the Trustee an indenture (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”) dated as of February 1, 2008, providing for the issuance of the Issuer’s Senior Notes due 2016 and Senior Toggle Notes due 2018
(collectively, the “Notes”), initially in the aggregate principal amount of $6,335,000,000; 
 WHEREAS Section 4.11 of the
Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause the New Note Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the New Note Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all
the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture pursuant to a Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and 
 WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee, the Issuer and the existing Note Guarantors are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture; 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Note
Guarantor, the Issuer and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of the Notes as follows: 
 1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined, except that the term “holders” in this Guarantee shall refer
to the term “holders” as defined in the Indenture and the Trustee acting on behalf of and for the benefit of such holders. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in
this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section hereof. 
 2. Agreement to
Guarantee. The New Note Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Note Guarantors (if any), to unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth in Articles 11 and 12 of the Indenture and to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes and to perform all of the obligations and agreements of a Note Guarantor under the Indenture. 

3. Notices. All notices or other communications to the New Note Guarantor shall be given as provided in Section 13.02 of the Indenture.

  

 D-1 

 4. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly
amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and
every holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. 
 5. Governing Law. THIS
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW. 
 6. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture. 
 7. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them
together represent the same agreement. 
 8. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not
effect the construction thereof. 
  

 D-2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of
the date first above written. 
  

			
	[NEW GUARANTOR]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	 U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
 as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 D-3Registration Rights Agreement

 Exhibit 10.2 
 EXECUTION COPY 
 HARRAH’S OPERATING COMPANY, INC. 
 $4,932,417,000 10.75% Senior Notes due 2016 
 $1,402,583,000 10.75% / 11.5% Senior Toggle Notes due 2018 
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
 February 1, 2008 
 Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 Banc of America Securities LLC 
 Credit Suisse Securities (USA)
LLC 
 Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. 
 J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

 Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith 
                       Incorporated 
 As Representatives of the Initial Purchasers 
 c/o Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 
 388 Greenwich Street 
 New York, New York 10013 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of
Delaware (the “Company”), proposes to issue and sell to certain purchasers (the “Initial Purchasers”), for whom you (the “Representatives”) are acting as representatives, $4,932,417,000 aggregate principal amount of its
10.75% Senior Notes due 2016 (the “Senior Cash Pay Notes”) and $1,402,583,000 aggregate principal amount of its 10.75%/11.5% Senior Toggle Notes due 2018 (the “Senior Toggle Notes” and, together with the Senior Cash Pay Notes,
the “Notes”), upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement between the Company, the Guarantors (as defined below) and the Representatives dated January 25, 2008 (the “Purchase Agreement”) relating to the initial
placement of the Notes and the related guarantees (as described below) (the “Initial Placement”). To induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and to satisfy a condition to your obligations thereunder, the Company
and the Guarantors agree with you for your benefit and the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Securities (as defined below) (including the Initial Purchasers) (each a “Holder” and, collectively, the “Holders”), as
follows: 
 The Notes will be unconditionally guaranteed (the “Guarantees”) on a senior unsecured basis by the subsidiary
guarantors listed in Annex A hereto (the “Subsidiary Guarantors”) and Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc. (the “Parent Guarantor” and, together with the Subsidiary Guarantors, the “Guarantors”). The Notes, together with
the Guarantees, are referred to herein as the “Securities.” 

 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have their respective
meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings: 
 “Affiliate” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto. 
 “broker-dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered as such under the Exchange Act. 
 “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies
are authorized or obligated by law to close in New York City. 
 “Closing Date” shall mean the date of the first issuance of the
Securities. 
 “Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Deferral Period” shall have the meaning indicated in Section 4(k)(ii) hereof. 
 “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated
thereunder. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Period” shall mean the one-year period following the consummation of the Registered
Exchange Offer, exclusive of any period during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean a registration statement of the Company on an appropriate form under the Securities Act with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer, all amendments and
supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments thereto, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 
 “Exchanging Dealer” shall mean any Holder (which may include any Initial Purchaser) that is a broker-dealer and elects to exchange for New
Securities any Securities that it acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (but not directly from the Company or any Affiliate of the Company) for New Securities. 
 “Final Memorandum” shall mean the offering memorandum, dated January 29, 2008, relating to the offer and sale of the Notes, including any
and all exhibits thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein as of such date. 
 “FINRA Rules” shall mean the
Conduct Rules and the By-Laws of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. 
  

 -2- 

 “Freely Tradable Security” shall mean any security at any time of determination if at such time
of determination such security (i) may be sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act by a person that is not an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) of the Company where no conditions of
Rule 144 are then applicable (other than the holding period requirement in paragraph (d) of Rule 144 so long as such holding period requirement is satisfied at such time of determination) and (ii) does not bear any restrictive legends
relating to the Securities Act. 
 “Guarantees” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
 “Guarantors” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
 “Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
 “Indenture” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities, dated as of February 1, 2008, among the Company, the Guarantors and U.S.
Bank National Association, as trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 
 “Initial
Placement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
 “Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning set forth
in the preamble hereto. 
 “Losses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof. 
 “Majority Holders” shall mean, on any date, Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of each of the Senior Cash Pay Notes and
the Senior Toggle Notes registered under a Registration Statement. 
 “Managing Underwriters” shall mean the investment banker or
investment bankers and manager or managers that administer an underwritten offering, if any, under a Registration Statement. 
 “New
Securities” shall mean debt securities of the Company and the Guarantees by the Guarantors, in each case, identical in all material respects to the Notes and the related Guarantees (except that the transfer restrictions shall be modified or
eliminated, as appropriate) to be issued under the Indenture in connection with sales or exchanges effected pursuant to this Agreement. 
 “Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
 “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus
included in any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Securities
Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Securities or the New Securities covered by such Registration Statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto,
including any and all exhibits thereto and any information incorporated by reference therein. 
  

 -3- 

 “Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
 “Registered Exchange Offer” shall mean the proposed offer of the Company and the Guarantors to issue and deliver to the Holders of the
Securities that are not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in such offer, in exchange for the Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of the New Securities. 
 “Registrable Securities” shall mean (i) Securities other than those that have been (A) registered under a Registration Statement and
exchanged or disposed of in accordance therewith or (B) sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any successor rule or regulation thereto that may be adopted by the Commission and (ii) any New Securities resale
of which by the Holder thereof requires compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. 
 “Registration
Default Damages” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 hereof. 
 “Registration Statement” shall mean any
Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement that covers any of the Securities or the New Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, any amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including
post-effective amendments (in each case including the Prospectus contained therein), all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein. 
 “Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
 “Securities Act”
shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder. 
 “Shelf
Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 3 hereof. 
 “Shelf Registration Period” has the
meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration
statement of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof which covers some or all of the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that
may be adopted by the Commission, amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by
reference therein. 
 “Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture. 
 “Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated
thereunder. 
 “Underwriter” shall mean any underwriter of Securities in connection with an offering thereof under a Shelf
Registration Statement. 
  

 -4- 

 2. Registered Exchange Offer. (a) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially
reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the Commission the Exchange Offer Registration Statement with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer. The Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement to become effective within 365 days of the Closing Date; provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to consummate such Exchange Offer Registration Statement if the Securities are Freely
Tradable Securities. 
 (b) If an Exchange Offer Registration Statement is filed and declared effective pursuant to Section 2(a) above,
upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company and Guarantors shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to
exchange Securities for New Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an Affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor, acquires the New Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business, has no arrangements with any person to
participate in the distribution of the New Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such New Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations
or restrictions under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities laws of a substantial proportion of the several states of the United States. 
 (c) In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, if an Exchange Offer Registration Statement is required to be filed and declared effective pursuant
to Section 2(a) above, the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
 (i) mail or cause to be mailed to each Holder a copy of
the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents; 
 (ii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or, in each case, longer if required by applicable law); 
 (iii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective under the
Securities Act, supplemented and amended as required, under the Securities Act to ensure that it is available for sales of New Securities by Exchanging Dealers during the Exchange Offer Registration Period; 
 (iv) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan in New York City,
which may be the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee; 
 (v) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time
prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last Business Day on which the Registered Exchange Offer is open; 
 (vi) prior to effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (A) stating that the Company and the Guarantors are conducting the Registered Exchange Offer in reliance on the
position of the 

  

 -5- 

 
Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988), Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991);
and (B) including a representation that the Company and the Guarantors have not entered into any arrangement or understanding with any person to distribute the New Securities to be received in the Registered Exchange Offer and that, to the best
knowledge of the Company and the Guarantors, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer is acquiring the New Securities in the ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the
distribution of the New Securities; and 
 (vii) comply in all respects with all applicable laws. 
 (d) As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
 (i) accept for exchange all Securities tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; 
 (ii) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation in accordance with Section 4(s) all Securities so accepted for exchange; and 

(iii) cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each Holder of Securities a principal amount of New Securities equal to
the principal amount of the Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange. 
 (e) Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any
broker-dealer and any such Holder using the Registered Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the New Securities (x) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission
in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988) and Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2,
1993 and similar no-action letters; and (y) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any secondary resale transaction, which must be covered by an effective registration
statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act if the resales are of New Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Securities acquired
by such Holder directly from the Company, the Guarantors or their respective Affiliates. Accordingly, each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be required to represent to the Company and the Guarantors that, at the time of
the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer: 
 (i) any New Securities to be received by such Holder will be acquired in
the ordinary course of business; 
 (ii) such Holder will have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate
in the distribution of the Securities or the New Securities within the meaning of the Securities Act; and 
 (iii) such Holder
is not an Affiliate of the Company or the Guarantors. 
  

 -6- 

 (f) If any Initial Purchaser determines that it is not eligible to participate in the Registered Exchange
Offer with respect to the exchange of Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, at the request of such Initial Purchaser, the Company and the Guarantors shall issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser or the person purchasing New
Securities registered under a Shelf Registration Statement as contemplated by Section 3 hereof from such Initial Purchaser, in exchange for such Securities, a like principal amount of New Securities. The Company and the Guarantors shall use
their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau to issue the same CUSIP number for such New Securities as for New Securities issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer. 
 3. Shelf Registration. (a) If any of the Securities are not Freely Tradable Securities by the 365th calendar day after the Closing Date and
either (i) due to any change in law or applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission’s staff, the Company and the Guarantors determine upon advice of their outside counsel that they are not permitted to effect the Registered
Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2 hereof; (ii) for any other reason the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated within 365 days of the date hereof; (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests with respect to Securities that
are not eligible to be exchanged for New Securities in the Registered Exchange Offer and that are held by it following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer; (iv) any Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) is not eligible to
participate in the Registered Exchange Offer; or (v) in the case of any Initial Purchaser that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer or acquires New Securities pursuant to Section 2(f) hereof, such Initial Purchaser does not
receive Freely Tradable Securities in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment (it being understood that (x) the requirement that an Initial Purchaser deliver a Prospectus containing the information required by
Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in exchange for such Securities shall result in such New Securities being not Freely Tradeable Securities; and (y) the
requirement that an Exchanging Dealer deliver a Prospectus in connection with sales of New Securities acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities
shall not result in such New Securities being not “freely tradeable”), the Company and the Guarantors shall effect a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with subsection (b) below. 
 (b) If a Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed and declared effective pursuant to this Section 3, (i) the Company and the
Guarantors shall as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 180 days after so required or requested pursuant to this Section 3), file the Shelf Registration Statement with the Commission and shall use their commercially reasonable
efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act within 365 days after so required or requested by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by
such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder
agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder; and provided further, that with respect to New Securities received by an Initial Purchaser in exchange for Securities constituting any portion of an
unsold allotment, the Company and the Guarantors may, if permitted by current interpretations by the Commission’s staff, file a post-effective amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing the information required by
Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in satisfaction of 

  

 -7- 

 
their obligations under this subsection with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred to herein
as, and governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration Statement. 
 (ii) The Company and the Guarantors shall use
their best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the Securities Act, in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period the
“Shelf Registration Period”) from the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission until (A) the expiration of the one-year period referred to in Rule 144 (as to become effective on February 15,
2008) applicable to securities held by non-affiliates under the Securities Act or (B) the date upon which all the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement. The Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed not to have used their best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the Shelf Registration Period if they voluntarily take any action that would result
in Holders of Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities at any time during the Shelf Registration Period, unless such action is (x) required by applicable law or otherwise undertaken by the Company and the
Guarantors in good faith and for valid business reasons (not including avoidance of the Company’s and the Guarantors obligations hereunder), including the acquisition or divestiture of assets, and (y) permitted pursuant to
Section 4(k)(ii) hereof. 
 (iii) The Company and the Guarantors shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus
and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or such amendment or supplement, (A) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act; and
(B) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made) not misleading. 
 4. Additional Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration
Statement and, to the extent applicable, any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the following provisions shall apply. 
 (a) The Company
and the Guarantors shall: 
 (i) furnish to each of the Representatives and to counsel for the Holders, not less than five
Business Days prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any Shelf Registration Statement, and each amendment thereof and each amendment or supplement, if any, to the Prospectus included
therein (including all documents incorporated by reference therein after the initial filing) and shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as the
Representatives reasonably propose; 
 (ii) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the facing page of the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement, in Annex B hereto in the forepart of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in a section setting forth 

  

 -8- 

 
details of the Exchange Offer, in Annex C hereto in the underwriting or plan of distribution section of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, and in Annex D hereto in the letter of transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; 
 (iii) if requested by an Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Item 507 or 508 of Regulation S-K, as applicable, in the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement; and 
 (iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, include the names of the Holders that propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf
Registration Statement as selling security holders. 
 (b) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to
ensure that: 
 (i) any Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any
amendment or supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the Securities Act; and 
 (ii) any Registration
Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 (c) The Company and the Guarantors shall advise counsel for the Representatives, the Holders of Securities covered by any
Shelf Registration Statement and any Exchanging Dealer under any Exchange Offer Registration Statement that has provided in writing to the Company and the Guarantors a telephone or facsimile number and address for notices, and, if requested by any
Representative or any such Holder or Exchanging Dealer, shall confirm such advice in writing (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the Company and the
Guarantors shall have remedied the basis for such suspension): 
 (i) when a Registration Statement and any amendment thereto
has been filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective; 
 (ii) of any request by the Commission after the effective date for any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for additional information; 
 (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the institution of
any proceeding for that purpose; 
 (iv) of the receipt by the Company or the Guarantors of any notification with respect to
the suspension of the qualification of the securities included therein for sale in any jurisdiction or the institution of any proceeding for such purpose; and 
  

 -9- 

 (v) of the happening of any event that requires any change in the Registration Statement
or the Prospectus so that, as of such date, they (A) do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact and (B) do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case
of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading. 
 (d) The Company and the
Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration Statement or the qualification of the securities therein for sale in any jurisdiction. 
 (e) The Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge,
at least one copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material incorporated therein by reference, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits
incorporated by reference therein). 
 (f) The Company and the Guarantors shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver
to each Holder of Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including the Preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto
as such Holder may reasonably request. The Company and the Guarantors consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities
covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement. 
 (g) The
Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to each Exchanging Dealer which so requests, without charge, at least one (1) conformed copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including all material
incorporated by reference therein, and, if the Exchanging Dealer so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including exhibits incorporated by reference therein). 
 (h) The Company and the Guarantors shall promptly deliver to each Initial Purchaser, each Exchanging Dealer and each other person required
to deliver a Prospectus during the Exchange Offer Registration Period, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as any such person may reasonably
request. The Company and the Guarantors consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any Initial Purchaser, any Exchanging Dealer and any such other person that may be required to deliver a Prospectus following the
Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of the New Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. 
  

 -10- 

 (i) Prior to the Registered Exchange Offer or any other offering of Securities pursuant
to any Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall arrange, if necessary, for the qualification of the Securities or the New Securities for sale under the laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder shall reasonably request and shall
maintain such qualification in effect so long as required; provided that in no event shall the Company and the Guarantors be obligated (A) to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where they are not then so qualified or to take any action
that would subject them to service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the Initial Placement, the Registered Exchange Offer or any offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, in any such jurisdiction where they are not then
so subject or (B) to subject itself to taxation in excess of a nominal amount in respect of doing business in such jurisdiction. 
 (j) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing New Securities or Securities to be issued or sold pursuant to any
Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as Holders may request in writing at least three (3) Business Days prior to the closing date of any sales of New Securities.

 (k) (i) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by subsections (c)(ii) through (v) above, the Company and
the Guarantors shall promptly (or within the time period provided for by clause (ii) hereof, if applicable) prepare a post-effective amendment to the applicable Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the related Prospectus or
file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Initial Purchasers of the securities included therein, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. In such circumstances, the period of effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement provided for in
Section 2 shall be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of a notice of suspension pursuant to Section 4(c) to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any
known Exchanging Dealer shall have received such amended or supplemented Prospectus pursuant to this Section. 
 (ii) Upon the
occurrence or existence of any pending corporate development or any other material event that, in the reasonable judgment of the Company and the Guarantors, makes it appropriate to suspend the availability of a Shelf Registration Statement and the
related Prospectus, the Company and the Guarantors shall give notice (without notice of the nature or details of such events) to the Holders that the availability of the Shelf Registration is suspended and, upon actual receipt of any such notice,
each Holder agrees not to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration until such Holder’s receipt of copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus provided for in Section 3(i) hereof, or until it is advised in
writing by the Company and the Guarantors that the Prospectus may be used, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference in such Prospectus. The period during which the
availability of the Shelf Registration and any Prospectus is suspended (the “Deferral Period”) (A) shall not exceed 60 consecutive days, (B) shall not 

  

 -11- 

 
occur more than three (3) times during any calendar year and (C) shall extend the number of days the Shelf Registration or any Prospectus is
available by an amount equal to the Deferral Period. 
 (l) Not later than the effective date of any Registration Statement,
the Company and the Guarantors shall provide a CUSIP number for the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, registered under such Registration Statement and provide the Trustee with printed certificates for such Securities or New
Securities, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company. 
 (m) The Company and the Guarantors shall
comply in all material respects with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and shall make generally available to their security holders an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act as
soon as practicable after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement and in any event no later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the
Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the applicable Registration Statement. 
 (n)
[Reserved]. 
 (o) The Company and the Guarantors may require each Holder of securities to be sold pursuant to any Shelf
Registration Statement to furnish to the Company and the Guarantors such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of such securities as the Company and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in such
Registration Statement. The Company and the Guarantors may exclude from such Shelf Registration Statement the Securities of any Holder that fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request. 
 (p) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, upon the request of the Majority Holders, the Company and the Guarantors shall enter
into customary agreements (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all other appropriate actions if any, as the Majority Holders shall reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the registration or
the disposition of the Securities, and in connection therewith, if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than those set forth in Section 6 hereof.

 (q) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
 (i) make reasonably available for inspection at a location where they are normally kept and during normal business hours by the Majority
Holders of Securities to be registered thereunder, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders or any such underwriter all relevant
financial and other records and pertinent corporate documents of the Company and its subsidiaries; 
  

 -12- 

 (ii) use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company’s officers,
directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent (each, an “Inspector”) in connection with any such Registration
Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations; provided, however, that such Inspector shall first agree in writing with the Company and the Guarantors that any information that is reasonably and in good faith
designated by the Company and the Guarantors in writing as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by such Inspector, unless (1) disclosure of such information is required by court or administrative
order or is necessary to respond to inquiries of regulatory authorities, (2) disclosure of such information is required by law (including any disclosure requirements pursuant to federal securities laws in connection with the filing of such
Registration Statement or the use of any Prospectus), (3) such information becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure or failure to safeguard such information by such person or (4) such information
becomes available to such Inspector from a source other than the Company or the Guarantors and such source is not known, after due inquiry, by the relevant Holder to be bound by a confidentiality agreement or is not otherwise under a duty of trust
to the Company or the Guarantors; 
 (iii) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of Securities registered
thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings and covering matters including, but not limited to, those set forth in the Purchase Agreement;

 (iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and
substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and
such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters; 
 (v) obtain “comfort” letters
and updates thereof from the independent certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company or any Guarantor
for which financial statements and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of Securities registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in customary form and covering
matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings; and 
 (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Majority Holders or the Managing Underwriters, if any, including 

  

 -13- 

 
those to evidence compliance with Section 4(k) and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into
by the Company. 
 The actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this paragraph (q) shall be performed at
(A) the effectiveness of such Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto; and (B) each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to the extent required thereunder. 
 (r) If a Registered Exchange Offer is to be consummated, upon delivery of the Securities by Holders to the Company (or to such other
person as directed by the Company) in exchange for the New Securities, the Company and the Guarantors shall mark, or caused to be marked, on the Securities so exchanged that such Securities are being cancelled in exchange for the New Securities. In
no event shall the Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied. 
 (s) The Company and the Guarantors shall use their
best efforts if the Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Securities, to confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement. 
 (t) In the event that any broker-dealer shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling
group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of FINRA Rules) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company
and the Guarantors shall assist such broker-dealer in complying with the FINRA Rules. 
 (u) The Company and the Guarantors
shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities or the New Securities, as the case may be, covered by a Registration Statement. 
 5. Registration Expenses. The Company and the Guarantors shall bear all expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their obligations
under Sections 2, 3 and 4 hereof and, in the event of any Shelf Registration Statement, will reimburse the Holders for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one firm or counsel (which shall initially be Cahill Gordon & Reindel
LLP, but which may be another nationally recognized law firm experienced in securities matters designated by the Majority Holders) to act as counsel for the Holders in connection therewith, and, in the case of any Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel acting in connection therewith in each case which counsel shall be approved by the Issuers (such approval not to be unreasonably
withheld). Each Holder shall pay all expenses of its counsel other than as set forth in the preceding sentence, underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Securities
or New Securities. 
 6. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) The Company and the Guarantors agree to indemnify and hold
harmless each Holder of Securities or New Securities, as the case 

  

 -14- 

 
may be, covered by any Registration Statement, each Initial Purchaser and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h)
hereof, each Exchanging Dealer, the directors, officers, employees, Affiliates and agents of each such Holder, Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer and each person who controls any such Holder, Initial Purchaser or Exchanging Dealer within the
meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or
state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
contained in the Registration Statement as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not
misleading, and agree to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided,
however, that the Company and Guarantors will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company and the Guarantors by or on behalf of the party claiming indemnification specifically for inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement
shall be in addition to any liability that the Company and the Guarantors may otherwise have. 
 The Company and the Guarantors also agree to
indemnify as provided in this Section 6(a) or contribute as provided in Section 6(d) hereof to Losses of each underwriter, if any, of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, registered under a Shelf Registration Statement, their
directors, officers, employees, Affiliates or agents and each person who controls such underwriter on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of the Initial Purchasers and the selling Holders provided in this Section 6(a)
and shall, if requested by any Holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 4(p) hereof. 
 (b) Each Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement (including each Initial Purchaser that is a Holder, in such capacity) severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Guarantors, each of
their respective directors and officers who sign such Registration Statement and each person who controls the Company or any Guarantor within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity
from the Company and the Guarantors to each such Holder, but only with reference to written information relating to such Holder furnished to the Company and the Guarantors by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion in the documents
referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that any such Holder may otherwise have. 
 (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 or notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this
Section, notify the indemnifying 

  

 -15- 

 
party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from liability under
paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event,
relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel (including local
counsel) of the indemnifying party’s choice at the indemnifying party’s expense to represent the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in which case the indemnifying party shall not thereafter be responsible
for the fees and expenses of any separate counsel, other than local counsel if not appointed by the indemnifying party, retained by the indemnified party or parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall
be satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s election to appoint counsel (including local counsel) to represent the indemnified party in an action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ
separate counsel (including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party
would present such counsel with a conflict of interest (based on the advice of counsel to the indemnified person); (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the
indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded (based on the advice of counsel to the indemnified person) that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties that are different from or
additional to those available to the indemnifying party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of
the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the
indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not
the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to by the indemnitying party, as applicable (which consent shall not be unreasonably witheld) and includes an
unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding. 
 (d) In the event
that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party shall have a joint and several obligation
to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, liability, damage or action) (collectively
“Losses”) (other than by virtue of the failure of an indemnified party to notify the indemnifying party of its right to indemnification pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 8, where such failure materially
prejudices the indemnifying party (through the forfeiture of substantial rights or defenses)), each indemnifying party, in order to provide for just and equitable contribution, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party
as a result of such Losses, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement and the Registration
Statement which resulted in such Losses; provided, 

  

 -16- 

 
however, that in no case shall any Initial Purchaser be responsible, in the aggregate, for any amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission
applicable to such Security, or in the case of a New Security, applicable to the Security that was exchangeable into such New Security, as set forth in the Final Memorandum, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for any amount in excess of the
underwriting discount or commission applicable to the securities purchased by such underwriter under the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is unavailable for any
reason, the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified
party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Company shall be deemed to be equal to the total net proceeds
from the Initial Placement (before deducting expenses) as set forth in the Final Memorandum. Benefits received by the Initial Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions as set forth on the cover page of
the Final Memorandum, and benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to be equal to the value of receiving Securities or New Securities, as applicable, registered under the Securities Act. Benefits received by any underwriter shall be
deemed to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to,
among other things, whether any untrue or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the indemnified
party, on the other hand, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if
contribution were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding
the provisions of this paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section, each person who controls a Holder within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of such Holder shall have the same rights to
contribution as such Holder, and each person who controls the Company or any Guarantor within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, each officer of the Company or any Guarantor who shall have signed the Registration Statement
and each director of the Company or any Guarantor shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company and the Guarantors, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d). 
 (e) The provisions of this Section will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or the
Company and the Guarantors or any of the indemnified persons referred to in this Section 6, and will survive the sale by a Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement. 
 7. Underwritten Registrations. (a) If any of the Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, covered by any Shelf Registration
Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the Managing Underwriters shall be selected by the Majority Holders, subject to the 

  

 -17- 

 
consent of the Issuers (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), and the Holders of Securities or New Securities covered by such Shelf Registration
Statement shall be responsible for all underwriting commissions and discounts. 
 (b) No person may participate in any underwritten offering
pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement, unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person’s Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons
entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements; and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting
arrangements. 
 8. Registration Defaults. If any of the Securities are not Freely Tradable Securities by the 365th calendar day after
the Closing Date and either: 
 (a) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is not declared effective on or
prior to the date by which commercially reasonable efforts are to be used to cause such effectiveness under this Agreement; 
 (b) on or prior to the 395th day after the Closing Date, the Company and the Guarantors have not exchanged New Securities for all Securities tendered in accordance with the terms of a Registered Exchange Offer; or 
 (c) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement has been declared effective but ceases to be effective at any time at which it
is required to be effective under this Agreement 
 (each such event referred to in (a) - (c), a “Registration Default”), the interest rate on the
Securities will be increased by (i) 0.25% per annum for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of the first Registration Default and (ii) an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each subsequent 90-day
period until such Registration Defaults have been cured or the Securities become Freely Tradable Securities up to a maximum increase of 1.00% per annum (such increased interest, the “Additional Interest”). 
 9. No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the Guarantors have not entered into, and agrees not to enter into, any agreement with respect to
its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders herein or that otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. 
 10. Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless the Company and the
Guarantors have obtained (A) in the case of the Senior Cash Pay Notes, the written consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Cash Pay Notes outstanding and (B) in the case of the Senior Toggle Notes,
the written consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of Senior Toggle Notes outstanding; provided that, in each case, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial
Purchaser hereunder, the Company 

  

 -18- 

 
and the Guarantors shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser against which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent
is to be effective; provided, further, that no amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent with respect to Section 8 hereof shall be effective as against any Holder of Registered Securities unless consented to in
writing by such Holder; and provided, further, that the provisions of this Article 10 may not be amended, qualified, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, unless
the Company and the Guarantors have obtained the written consent of the Initial Purchasers and each Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the foregoing provisos), a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof with respect to a
matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be
given by the Majority Holders, determined on the basis of Securities or New Securities, as the case may be, being sold rather than registered under such Registration Statement. 
 11. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail,
telex, telecopier or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 
 (a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by
such holder to the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11, which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of such Holder maintained by the Registrar under the Indenture; 
 (b) if to the Representatives, initially at the address or addresses set forth in the Purchase Agreement; and 
 (c) if to the Company, initially at its address set forth in the Purchase Agreement. 
 All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when received. 
 The Initial Purchasers or the Company by notice to the other parties may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications. 
 12. Remedies. Each Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided to it herein, in the
Indenture or in the Purchase Agreement or granted by law, including recovery of liquidated or other damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company and the Guarantors agree that monetary damages
would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by them of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to waive in any action for specific performance the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 13. Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their respective successors
and assigns, including, without the need for an express assignment or any consent by the Company and the Guarantors thereto, subsequent Holders of Securities and the New Securities, and the indemnified persons referred to in Section 

  

 -19- 

 
6 hereof. The Company and the Guarantors hereby agree to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any Holder of Securities and the New Securities, and any
such Holder may specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement as if an original party hereto. 
 14. Counterparts. This
Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
 15. Headings. The section headings used herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 16. Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of New York. The parties
hereto each hereby waive any right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Agreement. 
 17. Severability. In the event that any one of more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality
and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable
to the fullest extent permitted by law. 
 18. Securities Held by the Company, etc. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a
specified percentage of principal amount of Securities or New Securities is required hereunder, Securities or New Securities, as applicable, held by the Company or its Affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities or New Securities if such
subsequent Holders are deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities or New Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage.

  

 -20- 

 If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us
the enclosed duplicate hereof, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall represent a binding agreement between the Company, the Guarantors and the several Initial Purchasers. 
  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	HARRAH’S OPERATING COMPANY, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	HARRAH’S ENTERTAINMENT, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	[SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS]

 The foregoing Agreement is hereby confirmed and 
 accepted as of the date first above written. 
 Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 Banc of America Securities LLC 
 Credit Suisse Securities (USA)
LLC 
 Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. 
 J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

 Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith 
                       Incorporated 
 As Representatives of the Initial Purchasers listed on Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement. 
  

			
	By:	 	Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
		
	By	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

 -21- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first
above written. 
  

			
	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	B I Gaming Corporation
	Bally’s Midwest Casino, Inc.
	Bally’s Operator, Inc.
	Bally’s Park Place, Inc.
	Bally’s Tunica, Inc.
	Benco, Inc.
	BL Development Corp.
	Boardwalk Regency Corporation
	Caesars Entertainment Golf, Inc.
	Caesars Entertainment Akwesasne Consulting Corp.
	Caesars Entertainment Canada Holding, Inc.
	Caesars Entertainment Finance Corp.
	Caesars Entertainment Retail, Inc.
	Caesars New Jersey, Inc.
	Caesars Palace Corporation
	Caesars Palace Realty Corp.
	Caesars Palace Sports Promotions, Inc.
	Caesars United Kingdom, Inc.
	Caesars World, Inc.
	Caesars World Marketing Corporation
	Caesars World Merchandising, Inc.
	California Clearing Corporation
	Casino Computer Programming, Inc.
	CEI-Sullivan County Development Company
	Consolidated Supplies, Services and Systems
	Dusty Corporation
	East Beach Development Corporation
	FHR Corporation
	Flamingo-Laughlin, Inc.
	GCA Acquisition Subsidiary, Inc.
	GNOC, Corp.
	Grand Casinos, Inc.
	Grand Media Buying, Inc.
	Harrah’s Alabama Corporation
	Harrah’s Arizona Corporation
	Harrah’s Illinois Corporation
	Harrah’s Interactive Investment Company
	Harrah’s Investments, Inc.
	Harrah’s Kansas Casino Corporation
	Harrah’s Management Company
	Harrah’s Marketing Services Corporation
	Harrah’s Maryland Heights Operating Company
	Harrah’s New Orleans Management Company
	Harrah’s Pittsburgh Management Company
	Harrah’s Reno Holding Company, Inc.
	Harrah’s Southwest Michigan Casino Corporation
	Harrah’s Travel, Inc.
	Harrah’s Tunica Corporation
	Harrah’s Vicksburg Corporation
	Harveys BR Management Company, Inc.
	Harveys C.C. Management Company, Inc.

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Harveys Iowa Management Company, Inc.
	HBR Realty Company, Inc.
	HCR Services Company, Inc.
	HEI Holding Company One, Inc.
	HEI Holding Company Two, Inc.
	LVH Corporation
	Martial Development Corporation
	Players Bluegrass Downs, Inc.
	Players Development, Inc.
	Players Resources, Inc.
	Players Services, Inc.
	Reno Projects, Inc.
	Rio Development Company, Inc.
	Robinson Property Group Corp.
	Roman Entertainment Corporation of Indiana
	Roman Holding Corporation of Indiana
	Sheraton Tunica Corporation
	Southern Illinois Riverboat/Casino Cruises, Inc.
	Tele/Info, Inc.
	Trigger Real Estate Corporation
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Charles L. Atwood

	 Name:
	 	Charles L. Atwood
	 Title:
	 	Senior Vice President or Vice President

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Desert Palace, Inc.
	Harrah’s Imperial Palace Corp.
	Harrah’s International Holding Company, Inc.
	Harrah’s Laughlin, Inc.
	Las Vegas Resort Development, Inc.
	Parball Corporation
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael D. Cohen

	Name:	 	Michael D. Cohen
	Title:	 	Secretary

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	190 Flamingo, LLC
	AJP Parent, LLC
	Chester Facility Holding Company, LLC
	Corner Investment Company, LLC
	DCH Exchange, LLC
	Desert Club, LLC
	Harrah’s Bossier City Management Company, LLC
	Harrah’s Chester Downs Investment Company, LLC
	Harrah’s Chester Downs Management Company, LLC
	Harrah’s License Company, LLC
	Harrah’s MH Project, LLC
	Harrah’s North Kansas City, LLC
	Harrah’s Operating Company Memphis, LLC
	Harrah’s Shreveport Investment Company, LLC
	Harrah’s Shreveport Management Company, LLC
	Harrah’s Shreveport/Bossier City Holding Company, LLC
	Harrah’s Sumner Investment Company, LLC
	Harrah’s Sumner Management Company, LLC
	Harrah’s West Warwick Gaming Company, LLC
	H-BAY, LLC
	HCAL, LLC
	HHLV Management Company, LLC
	Hole In The Wall, LLC
	Horseshoe Gaming Holding, LLC
	JCC Holding Company II LLC
	Koval Holdings Company, LLC
	Nevada Marketing, LLC
	Players International, LLC
	Reno Crossroads, LLC
	Roman Empire Development, LLC
	TRB Flamingo, LLC
	Winnick Parent, LLC
		
	By:	 	 Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
 its Sole Member
or Manager

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Las Vegas Golf Management, LLC
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Michael D. Cohen

	Name:	 	Michael D. Cohen
	Title:	 	Manager

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	AJP Holdings, LLC
		
	By:	 	 AJP Parent, LLC
 its Sole Member

		
	By:	 	 Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
 its Sole Member

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Biloxi Hammond, LLC
	Biloxi Village Walk Development, LLC
	Village Walk Construction, LLC
		
	By:	 	Grand Casinos of Biloxi, LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 Grand Casinos, Inc.
 its Sole Member

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Charles L. Atwood

	Name:	 	Charles L. Atwood
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Harrah’s Maryland Heights LLC
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Maryland Heights Operating Company
		 	its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Charles L. Atwood

	Name:	 	Charles L. Atwood
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & Treasurer

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Harrah’s Shreveport/Bossier City Investment Company, LLC
		
	By:	 	 Harrah’s Shreveport/Bossier City Holding Company, LLC
 its Managing Member

		
	By:	 	 Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
 its Sole Member

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Winnick Holdings, LLC
		
	By:	 	 Winnick Parent, LLC
 its Sole Member

		
	By:	 	 Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
 its Sole Member

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Bally’s Olympia Limited Partnership
		
	By:	 	 Bally’s Operator, Inc.
 its General
Partner

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Charles L. Atwood

	Name:	 	Charles L. Atwood
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & Treasurer

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Caesars Riverboat Casino, LLC
		
	By:	 	 Roman Holding Corporation of Indiana
 its Managing Member

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Charles L. Atwood

	Name:	 	Charles L. Atwood
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & Treasurer And As Agent of Caesars Riverboat Casino, LLC

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Horseshoe GP, LLC
	Horseshoe Hammond, LLC
		
	By:	 	 Horseshoe Gaming Holding, LLC
 its Sole
Member

		
	By:	 	 Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
 its Sole Member

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Harrah’s Bossier City Investment Company, L.L.C.
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Shreveport/Bossier City Investment Company, LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Horseshoe Shreveport, L.L.C.
		
	By:	 	Horseshoe Gaming Holding, LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Jazz Casino Company, LLC
	JCC Fulton Development, LLC
		
	By:	 	JCC Holding Company II LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

					
	Players Riverboat II, LLC
		
	By:	 	Players Riverboat Management, LLC
		 	its Member
			
		 	By:	 	Players Holding, LLC
		 		 	its Sole Member
			
		 	By:	 	Players International, LLC
		 		 	its Sole Member
			
		 	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel
		
	By:	 	Players Riverboat, LLC
		 	its Member
			
		 	By:	 	Players Holding, LLC
		 		 	its Sole Member
			
		 	By:	 	Players International, LLC
		 		 	its Sole Member
			
		 	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Horseshoe Entertainment
		
	By:	 	New Gaming Capital Partnership
		 	its General Partner
		
	By:	 	Horseshoe GP, LLC
		 	its General Partner
		
	By:	 	Horseshoe Gaming Holding, LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Grand Casinos of Biloxi, LLC
	Grand Casinos of Mississippi, LLC - Gulfport
		
	By:	 	Grand Casinos, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Charles L. Atwood

	Name:	 	Charles L. Atwood
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & Treasurer

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Caesars India Sponsor Company, LLC
		
	By:	 	 California Clearing Corporation
 its Sole
Member

		
	By:	 	 /s/ Charles L. Atwood

	Name:	 	Charles L. Atwood
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & Treasurer

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Koval Investment Company, LLC
		
	By:	 	Koval Holding Company, LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Players Holding, LLC
		
	By:	 	 Players International, LLC
 its Sole
Member

		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Players LC, LLC
	Players Maryland Heights Nevada, LLC
	Players Riverboat Management, LLC
	Players Riverboat, LLC
		
	By:	 	Players Holding, LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Players International, LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	New Gaming Capital Partnership
		
	By:	 	Horseshoe GP, LLC
		 	its General Partner
		
	By:	 	Horseshoe Gaming Holding, LLC
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Atlantic City Country Club 1, LLC
		
	By:	 	Bally’s Park Place, Inc.
		 	its Sole Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Charles L. Atwood

	Name:	 	Charles L. Atwood
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & Treasurer

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

			
	Harrah’s NC Casino Company, LLC
		
	By:	 	Harrah’s Operating Company, Inc.
		 	its Managing Member
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Stephen H. Brammell

	Name:	 	Stephen H. Brammell
	Title:	 	Senior Vice President & General Counsel

 [Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement] 

 ANNEX A 
 Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. The Letter of
Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of new securities received in exchange for securities where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities. The company has agreed that, starting on the expiration date and ending on the close of business one year after the expiration date, it will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any
such resale. See “Plan of Distribution”. 
  

 A-1 

 ANNEX B 
 Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account in exchange for securities, where such securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. See “Plan of Distribution”. 
  

 B-1 

 ANNEX C 
 PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION 
 Each broker-dealer that receives new securities for its own account pursuant
to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such new securities. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with
resales of new securities received in exchange for securities where such securities were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The company has agreed that, starting on the expiration date and ending on the
close of business one year after the expiration date, it will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until
                    ,             , all dealers effecting transactions in
the new securities may be required to deliver a prospectus. 
 The company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of new securities by
brokers-dealers. New securities received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing
of options on the new securities or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to
purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such new securities. Any broker-dealer that resales new securities that
were received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such new securities may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and
any profit of any such resale of new securities and any commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it
will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. 
 For a period of one year after the expiration date, the company will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such
documents in the Letter of Transmittal. The company has agreed to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the holder of the securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or
dealers and will indemnify the holders of the securities (including any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. 
 [If applicable, add information required by Regulation S-K Items 507 and/or 508.] 
  

 C-1 

 ANNEX D 
 Rider A 
 PLEASE FILL IN YOUR NAME AND ADDRESS BELOW IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS
AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO. 
  

			
	Name:	 	  

	Address:	 	  

		 	  

 Rider B 
 If
the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it acquired the New Securities in the ordinary course of its business, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New Securities and it has no
arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in a distribution of the New Securities. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive New Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities, it acknowledges that it
will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the
Securities Act. 
  

 D-1

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00136-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00136-of-00352.parquet"}]]